Diesel Injection 6

1 Engine and peripherals
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
EDC16
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20, 50, 58, 5C
Fault finding - Introduction 13B - 2

Fault finding - Cleanliness guidelines 13B - 9
Fault finding - System operation 13B - 11
Fault finding - Replacement of components 13B - 21
Fault finding - Configuration and programming 13B - 26
Fault finding - Fault summary table 13B - 27
Fault finding - Interpretation of faults 13B - 32
Fault finding - Conformity check 13B - 152
Fault finding - Status summary table 13B - 153
Fault finding - Interpretation of statuses 13B - 155
Fault finding - Parameter summary table 13B - 201
Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters 13B - 205
Fault finding - Command summary table 13B - 282
Fault finding - Interpretation of commands 13B - 283
Fault finding - Customer complaints 13B - 308
Fault finding - Fault Finding Chart 13B - 309
Fault finding - Tests 13B - 328
Fault finding - Glossary 13B - 355
V7 Edition Anglaise
"The repair procedures given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the All rights reserved by Renault s.a.s.
technical specifications current when it was prepared.
Copying or translating, in part or in full, of this document or use of the service part
The procedures may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the reference numbering system is forbidden without the prior written authority of
manufacturer in the production of the various component units and accessories from Renault s.a.s.
which his vehicles are constructed."
© Renault s.a.s. 2008

MR-397-X74-13B100$TOC.mif
V7
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Introduction 13B
1. SCOPE OF THIS DOCUMENT
This document presents the fault finding procedure applicable to all computers with the following specifications:
Vehicles: MEGANE II ph1 and ph2, SCENIC II ph1 Name of computer: BOSCH EDC16 C3
and ph2, LAGUNA II ph 2, Program No: C1
Engine type and suffix: F9Q 758, 759, 804, 803 Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20, 50, 58, 5C
Function concerned: DIESEL INJECTION
2. PREREQUISITES FOR FAULT FINDING
Documentation type
Fault finding procedures (this manual):
– Assisted fault finding (integrated into the diagnostic tool), Dialogys.
Wiring Diagrams:
– Visu-Schéma (CD-ROM), paper.
Type of diagnostic tools

– CLIP + multiplex line sensor
Special tooling required
Special tooling required
Multimeter
Elé. 1590 Computer connection bornier
Or Elé. 1681 Universal bornier
3. REMINDERS
Procedure
In order to save energy, the LAGUNA II Phase 2 UCH cuts off the + after ignition feed after 3 minutes.
To run fault finding on a vehicle computer, it is possible to force the + after ignition feed for 1 hour by applying the
following procedure:
– Press the card unlocking button.
– Insert the card into the reader.
– Press the start button (interrupting the timed + after ignition feed mode).
– Press the start button for more than 5 seconds, without conditions for starting being met, until the
immobiliser warning light flashes rapidly (4 Hz).
– Connect the diagnostic tool and perform the required operations.
This forced + after ignition feed mode remains active for 1 hour.
Pressing the Start button or removing the card from the card reader cuts off the + after ignition feed but does not
cut off the forced after ignition feed timed mode. As long as one hour has not elapsed the + after ignition feed
function restarts the forced + after ignition feed for the remaining time.
EDC16_V50_PRELI/EDC16_V58_PRELI/EDC16_V5C_PRELI/EDC16_V18_PRELI/EDC16_V1C_PRELI/EDC16_V20_PRELI
MR-397-X74-13B100$036.mif
V7
13B-2
EDC16 DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
Faults
Faults are declared as either present or stored (depending on whether they appeared in a certain context and have
disappeared since, or whether they remain present but have not been diagnosed within the current context).
The present or stored status of faults should be taken into consideration when the diagnostic tool is switched on
after the + after ignition feed (without any system components being active).
For a present fault, apply the procedure described in the Interpretation of faults section.
For a stored fault, note the faults displayed and apply the instructions in the Notes section.
If the fault is confirmed when the instructions in the Notes section are applied, the fault is present. Deal with the fault
If the fault is not confirmed, check:
– the electrical connections that correspond to the fault,
– the connectors for this connection,
– the resistance of the component detected as faulty,
– the condition of the wires.
Refer to paragraphs 3.1 Checking the wiring and 3.2 Checking the connectors.
Conformity check
The aim of the conformity check is to check data that does not produce a fault on the diagnostic tool because the
data is inconsistent. Therefore, this stage is used to:
– carry out fault finding on faults that do not have a fault display, and which may correspond to a customer
complaint.
– check that the system is operating correctly and that there is no risk of a fault recurring after repairs.
This section gives the fault finding procedures for statuses and parameters and the conditions for checking them.
If a status is not behaving normally or a parameter is outside the permitted tolerance values, consult the
corresponding fault finding page.
Customer complaints - Fault finding chart
If the test with the diagnostic tool is OK but the customer complaint is still present, the fault should be processed by
customer complaints.
A summary of the overall procedure to follow is provided on the following page in the
form of a flow chart.
MR-397-X74-13B100$036.mif
V7
13B-3
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
3. FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE
* Check the battery charge, the condition of the fuses and the level of the fuel in the tank.
Perform a pre-diagnostic on the

system
Print the system fault finding log

(available on CLIP and in the
Workshop Repair Manual or
Technical Note)
Connect CLIP
Dialogue with no
See ALP no. 1
computer?
yes
Read the faults
Faults no
present Conformity check
yes
The cause is no Fault

Deal with present faults
still present solved
Deal with stored faults
Use fault finding charts

(ALPs)

still present solved

yes still present solved
Contact the Techline with the

completed fault finding log
MR-397-X74-13B100$036.mif
V7
13B-4
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
3. FAULT FINDING PROCEDURE (continued)
3.1 Checking the wiring
Fault finding problems

Disconnecting the connectors and/or manipulating the wiring harness may temporarily remove the cause of a fault.
Visual inspection
Look for damage under the bonnet and in the passenger compartment.
Carefully check the protectors, insulation, and routing of the wiring, as well as the mountings.
Tactile inspection
When manoeuvring the wiring, either use the diagnostic tool to detect a change in status, from “stored” to
“present”, or the multimeter to view the status changes.
Make sure that the connectors are properly locked.
Apply light pressure to the connectors.
Twist the wiring harness.
Checking earth insulation

This check is carried out by measuring the voltage (multimeter in voltmeter mode) between the suspect connection
and the 12 V or 5 V feed. The correct measured value is 0 V.
Checking insulation against + 12 V or + 5 V

This check is carried out by measuring the voltage (multimeter in voltmeter mode) between the suspect connection
and the earth. In the first instance, the earth may be taken on the chassis. The correct measured value is 0 V.
Continuity check
A continuity check is carried out by measuring the resistance (multimeter in ohmmeter mode), with the connectors
disconnected at both ends. The expected result is: 1 Ω ± 1 Ω for each connection. The line must be fully checked,
and the intermediate connections are only included in the method if this saves time during the fault finding
procedure. The continuity check on the multiplex lines must be carried out on both wires. The measured value
should be 1 Ω ± 1 Ω.
Checking the supply

This check may be carried out using a test light (21 W or 5 W depending on the maximum authorised charge).
MR-397-X74-13B100$036.mif
V7
13B-5
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
3.2 Checking the connectors
Note:
Carry out each requested check visually. Do not remove a connector if it is not required.
Note:
Repeated connections and disconnections alter the functionality of the connectors and increase the risk of poor
electrical contact. Limit the number of connections/disconnections as much as possible.
Note:
The check is carried out on the 2 parts of the connection. There may be two types of connection:
– Connector/Connector.
– Connector/Device.
1. Visual inspection of the connection:

– Check that the connector is connected correctly and that the male and female parts of the connection are
correctly coupled.
2. Visual inspection of the area around the connection:

– Check the condition of the mounting (pin, strap, adhesive tape, etc.) if the connectors are attached to the
vehicle.
– Check that there is no damage to the wiring trim (sheath, foam, adhesive tape, etc.) near the wiring.
– Check that there is no damage to the electrical wires at the connector outputs, in particular on the insulating
material (wear, cuts, burns, etc.).
Disconnect the connector to continue the checks.
3. Visual inspection of the plastic casing:

– Check that there is no mechanical damage (casing crushed, split, broken, etc.), in particular to the fragile
components (lever, lock, sockets, etc.).
– Check that there is no heat damage (casing melted, darker, deformed, etc.).
– Check that there are no stains (grease, mud, liquid, etc.).
4. Visual inspection of the metal contacts:

(The female contact is called CLIP. The male contact is called TAB.)
– Check that there are no bent contacts (the contact is not inserted correctly and can come out of the back of the
connector). The contact comes out of the connector when the wire is pulled gently.
– Check that there is no damage (folded tabs, clips open too wide, blackened or melted contact, etc.).
– Check that there is no oxidation on the metal contacts.
MR-397-X74-13B100$036.mif
V7
13B-6
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
Visual inspection of the sealing:
(Only for watertight connectors)
Check for the seal on the connection (between the 2 parts of the connection).
– Check the seal at the back of the connectors:
– For unit joints (1 for each wire), check that the unit joints are present on each electrical wire and that they are
correctly positioned in the opening (level with the housing). Check that plugs are present on openings which are
not used.
– For a grommet seal (one seal which covers the entire internal surface of the connector), check that the seal is
present.
– For gel seals, check for gel in all of the sockets without removing the excess or any protruding sections (it does
not matter if there is gel on the contacts).
– For hotmelt sealing (heat-shrink sheath with glue), check that the sheath has contracted correctly on the rear of
the connectors and electrical wires, and that the hardened glue comes out of the side of the wire.
– Check that there is no damage to any of the seals (cuts, burns, significant deformation, etc.).
If a fault is detected, consult Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring.
4. FAULT FINDING LOG
IMPORTANT
Any fault on a complex system requires thorough fault finding with the appropriate tools. The
FAULT FINDING LOG, which should be completed during the procedure, enables you to keep
track of the procedure which is carried out. It is an essential document when consulting the
IMPORTANT manufacturer.
IT IS THEREFORE MANDATORY TO FILL OUT A FAULT FINDING LOG EACH TIME FAULT FINDING IS
CARRIED OUT.
You will always be asked for this log:

– when requesting technical assistance from Techline,
– for approval requests when replacing parts for which approval is mandatory,
– to be attached to monitored parts for which reimbursement is requested. The log is needed for warranty
reimbursement, and enables better analysis of the parts removed.
5. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Safety rules must be observed during any work on a component to prevent any damage or injury:
– check the battery voltage to avoid incorrect operation of computer functions,
– Use the proper tools.
MR-397-X74-13B100$036.mif
V7
13B-7
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
6. CLEANLINESS ADVICE TO FOLLOW WHEN CARRYING OUT OPERATIONS ON THE HIGH PRESSURE
DIRECT INJECTION SYSTEM
Risks relating to contamination
The system is highly sensitive to contamination. The risks associated with contamination are:
– damage to or destruction of the high pressure injection system and the engine,
– a component seizing or leaking.
All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities (particles a
few microns in size) should be allowed to penetrate the system during dismantling or get into the circuits via the fuel
unions.
The cleanliness principle must be applied from the filter to the injectors.
MR-397-X74-13B100$036.mif
V7
13B-8
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Cleanliness guidelines 13B
I - HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTAMINATION
The high pressure direct injection system is highly sensitive to contamination. The risks associated with
contamination are:
– damage to or destruction of the high pressure injection system,
– components jamming,
– a component leaking.
All After-Sales operations must be performed under very clean conditions. This means that no impurities (particles a
few microns in size) should have entered the system during dismantling.
The cleanliness principle must be applied from the filter to the injectors.
What are the sources of contamination?

– metal or plastic swarf,
– paint,
– fibres:
– from cardboard,
– from brushes,
– from paper,
– from clothing,
– from cloths,
– foreign bodies such as hair,
– ambient air
– etc.
IMPORTANT
Cleaning the engine using a high pressure washer is prohibited because of the risk of damaging connections.
In addition, moisture may collect in the connectors and create electrical connection faults.
II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED PRIOR TO ALL OPERATIONS
IMPORTANT
Before any work is carried out on the high pressure injection system, protect:
– the accessories and timing belts,
– the electrical accessories, (starter, alternator, electric power-assisted steering pump),
– the flywheel surface, to prevent any diesel from running onto the clutch friction plate.
Check that you have plugs for the unions to be opened (set of plugs available from the Parts Department). The plugs
are single-use only. After use, they must be discarded (once used they are soiled and cleaning is not sufficient to
make them reusable). Unused plugs must be discarded.
Check that you have hermetically resealable plastic bags for storing removed parts. Parts stored in this way will be
less susceptible to the risk of contamination. The bags are to be used once only, and discarded after use.
MR-397-X74-13B100$072.mif
V7
13B-9
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Cleanliness guidelines 13B
Use lint-free cleaning cloths (cloth part number 77 11 211 707). Using normal cloth or paper is prohibited. They are
not lint-free and could contaminate the fuel circuit. Each cloth should only be used once.
Use fresh cleaning agent for each operation (used cleaning agent is contaminated). Pour it into an uncontaminated
container.
For each operation, use a clean brush in good condition (the brush must not shed its bristles).
Use a brush and cleaning agent to clean the unions to be opened.
Blast compressed air over the cleaned parts (tools, workbench, the parts, unions and injection system zones). Check
that no bristles remain.
Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.
When wearing leather protective gloves cover them with latex gloves to prevent contamination.
III - INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED DURING THE OPERATION
As soon as the circuit is open, all openings must be plugged to prevent impurities from entering the system. The
plugs to be used are available from the Parts Department. The plugs must not be reused under any circumstances.
Seal the pouch shut, even if it has to be opened shortly afterwards. Ambient air carries contamination.
All components removed from the injection system must be stored in a hermetically sealed plastic bag once they
have been plugged.
Using a brush, cleaning agent, air gun, sponge or normal cloth is strictly prohibited once the circuit has been opened.
These items could allow contamination to enter the system.
A new component replacing an old one must not be removed from its packaging until it is to be fitted to the vehicle.
MR-397-X74-13B100$072.mif
V7
13B-10
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - System operation 13B
System outline
The high pressure injection system is designed to deliver a precise quantity of diesel fuel to the engine at a set
moment.
It is fitted with a 112-track BOSCH EDC16 C3 type computer.

The system comprises:
– a priming bulb on the low pressure circuit,
– a diesel filter,
– a high pressure pump with a built-in low pressure pump (transfer pump),
– a high pressure regulator mounted on the pump,
– an injector rail,
– a diesel fuel pressure sensor built into the rail,
– four solenoid injectors,
– a coolant temperature sensor,
– a cylinder reference sensor,
– an engine speed sensor,
– a turbocharger pressure sensor,
– an accelerator pedal potentiometer,
– an EGR solenoid valve,
– an atmospheric pressure sensor integrated into the injection computer,
– an air flowmeter with an air temperature sensor,
– a turbocharging pressure limitation solenoid valve,
– a motorised damper valve,
– a particle filter,
– a particle filter differential pressure sensor,
– a particle filter upstream temperature sensor,
– a particle filter downstream temperature sensor,
– a temperature sensor upstream of the turbine,
– four thermoplungers
The common rail direct high pressure injection system works sequentially (based on the petrol engine multipoint
injection).
This injection system reduces operating noise, reduces the volume of pollutant gases and particles and produces
high engine torque at low engine speeds thanks to a pre-injection procedure.
The high pressure pump generates the high pressure and transmits it to the injector rail. The actuator located on the
pump controls the quantity of diesel fuel supplied, according to the requirement determined by the computer. The rail
supplies each injector through a steel pipe.
MR-397-X74-13B100$108.mif
V7
13B-11
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
a) The computer:
Determines the value of injection pressure necessary for the engine to operate correctly and then controls the
pressure regulator.
Checks that the pressure value is correct by analysing the value transmitted by the pressure sensor located on the
rail.
It determines the injection timing required to deliver the right quantity of diesel fuel and the moment when injection
should start. Controls each injector electrically and individually after determining these two values.
The flow injected into the engine is determined by:
– the duration of injector control,
– the rail pressure (regulated by the computer),
– the injector opening and closing speed,
– the needle stroke (determined by a constant for the type of injector),
– the nominal hydraulic flow of the injector (specific to each injector).
The computer manages:

– idling regulation,
– exhaust gas flow reinjection to the inlet (EGR),
– fuel supply check (advance, flow and rail pressure),
– the fan assembly control,
– the air conditioning (cold loop function),
– the cruise control/speed limiter function,
– pre-post heating control,
– indicator lights control via the multiplex network,
– the operation of the catalysed particle filter.
The high pressure pump is supplied at low pressure by an integrated low pressure pump (transfer pump).
It supplies the rail, the pressure of which is controlled by the fuel flow actuator (MPROP) for charging, and for
discharging by the injector valves. This compensates for pressure drops. The flow actuator allows the high pressure
pump to supply the exact quantity of diesel fuel required to maintain the pressure in the rail. This component
minimises the heat generated and improves engine output.
In order to discharge the rail using the injector valves, the valves are controlled by brief electrical pulses which are:
– short enough not to open the injector (passing through the feedback circuit from the injectors),
– long enough to open the valves and discharge the rail.
MR-397-X74-13B100$108.mif
V7
13B-12
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
Some vehicles have adopted a sensor for detecting water in the diesel fuel, located in the filter. If there is water in the
diesel fuel, the orange “Injection and pre-post heating” warning light will come on.
WARNING
The engine must not operate with:
– Diesel fuel containing more than 10% diester.
– petrol, even in tiny quantities.
The system can inject diesel fuel into the engine at a pressure of up to 1600 bar. Before each operation, check that
the injector rail is depressurised and that the fuel temperature is not too high.
You must respect the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice specified in this document for any work on the high
pressure injection system.
Do not remove the internal parts of the pump and injectors. Only the flow actuator, the diesel temperature sensor and
the Venturi tube can be replaced.
For safety reasons, do not loosen high pressure pipe unions when the engine is running.
It is not possible to remove the pressure sensor from the fuel rail because this may cause circuit contamination
faults. If the pressure sensor fails, the pressure sensor, the rail and the five high pressure pipes must be replaced.
Do not remove an injection pump pulley marked with the number 070 575. If the pump needs to be replaced, replace
the pulley.
Supplying any system component directly with + 12 V is prohibited.
Ultrasonic decoking and cleaning are prohibited.
Never start the engine unless the battery is connected correctly.
Disconnect the injection computer when carrying out any welding work on the vehicle.
b)The connections between the vehicle's various computers are multiplexed.
The electronic system fitted in this vehicle is multiplexed. This system enables dialogue between the various vehicle
computers. As a result:
– the activation of the fault warning lights on the instrument panel is performed by the multiplex network, with the
vehicle speed sensor on the gearbox deactivated,
– vehicle faults are displayed by the multiplex network,
– the vehicle speed sensor on the gearbox is not needed.
The vehicle speed signal on the instrument panel is transmitted by the ABS computer via a wire connection, then
sent out on the multiplex network by the instrument panel. The vehicle speed signal is used mainly by the injection
computer and the airbag computer.
MR-397-X74-13B100$108.mif
V7
13B-13
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
c) Functions hosted:
Air conditioning management assistance:

In the case of vehicles with climate control, the EDC16 system has the option of deactivating the air conditioning via
the UCH, under certain conditions of use:
– when requested by the driver,
– when starting the engine,
– if the engine overheats (in order to reduce the power the engine has to supply),
– when the engine speed is kept at a very high level (to protect the compressor),
– during transition phases (e.g. high acceleration demand for overtaking, anti-stalling and moving off). These
conditions are only taken into account if they do not occur repeatedly, so as to prevent system instabilities
(erratic deactivation),
– when certain faults appear.
Cold loop air conditioning management (Mégane II only):

The air conditioning is the cold loop type and its management shared between several computers.
The injection computer is responsible for:
– authorising cold requests according to the refrigerant pressure, the engine coolant temperature and the engine
speed,
– calculating the power absorbed by the compressor (from the refrigerant pressure),
– requesting operation of the GMV, from the UPC, according to the vehicle speed, the refrigerant pressure and the
engine coolant temperature.
The driver requests the air conditioning to be switched on by means of the ventilation selector coupled to a switch.
The cold air request is authorised or denied depending on the pressure measured. If this pressure is outside the
operating limits, the cold loop program is not activated.
Management of the damper valve:

The damper valve has three functions:
– the valve closes in order to block the passage of air towards the cylinders to shut off the engine. The aim of this is
to stop the engine as quickly as possible and to reduce instabilities as the engine is switched off.
– a “valving” function depending on the various engine functions: the damper valve closes by a few % in order to
create a venturi effect in the EGR valve flow section.
The aim of this is to accelerate the EGR gas flow rate and to reduce the emission of pollutants.
– regulatory function during the regeneration of the particle filter.
Thermoplunger management (only for Vdiag 58, 5C,18, 1C and 20):
This vehicle is fitted with thermoplungers. They are managed and activated by the injection system.
See configuration reading LC056 Thermoplungers: WITH or WITHOUT.
When necessary, the thermoplungers are actuated by the injection system only during particle filter
regeneration by means of a specific unit.
The maximum number of thermoplungers that can be managed is four; their activation depends mainly on the
coolant temperature (< 15˚C) and air temperature (< 5˚C).
MR-397-X74-13B100$108.mif
V7
13B-14
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
Passenger Compartment Heating Resistor Management (Mégane II only):
In order to reduce the time required to heat up the passenger compartment, the vehicle is fitted with Passenger
Compartment Heating resistors (RCH). These passenger compartment heating resistors are run and controlled by
the UCH. The injection computer authorises or prohibits the operation of the passenger compartment heating
resistors according to the operating phases and engine power needs.
Cruise control/speed limiter management:
The vehicle cruise control function, when activated, allows you to keep the vehicle speed at a selected value
regardless of the driving conditions encountered.
Using the control buttons, the driver can increase or reduce the speed of the vehicle.
If the driver wishes to exceed the cruising speed, he may:

– depress the accelerator pedal and exceed the cruising speed (the vehicle will return to the initial cruising speed
once the driver takes his foot off the pedal),
– press the system control buttons.
The cruise control function can be deselected either by:

– the system control buttons,
– deactivating the cruise control switch,
– when system events are detected, such as the brake pedal or clutch being depressed,
– when system errors are detected such as an inconsistent vehicle speed.
The cruise function can also be temporarily disabled when the driver wants to increase speed by depressing the
accelerator pedal. The cruising speed is resumed when the driver releases the accelerator pedal.
The vehicle will then attempt to reach the cruising speed at a controlled acceleration rate.
It is possible to reactivate the vehicle speed control and resume the last cruising speed after deactivation (computer
supply not cut off).
When activated (using the selection switch) the vehicle speed limiter function limits the vehicle speed to
a preselected value. The driver controls the vehicle in the normal way using the accelerator pedal until the limit
speed is reached.
If an attempt is made to exceed this speed, the system ignores the pedal request and controls the vehicle speed in
the same way as the cruise control function, provided that the driver keeps the accelerator pedal sufficiently
depressed.
As with the cruise control function, the cruising speed can be altered using the control buttons by pressing briefly or
keeping the switch pressed.
For safety reasons, the limit speed can be exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the pedal position
limit value. The vehicle speed is then totally controlled as a function of pedal position until the speed falls back below
the cruising speed when the speed limiter function will once again be reactivated.
If the driver wishes to exceed the cruising speed, he may:

– exceed the accelerator pedal's kickdown point,
– increase the limit speed by pressing or pressing and holding the limit speed switch.
The speed limiter function can be deselected either:

– the system control buttons,
– by switching off the speed limiter switch,
– when system events are detected, such as the brake pedal or clutch being depressed,
– when system errors are detected such as an inconsistent vehicle speed.
MR-397-X74-13B100$108.mif
V7
13B-15
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
Exhaust gas recirculation management
The exhaust gas recirculation system comprises a direct current EGR valve controlled by an H bridge in the
computer. This system has a built-in valve position feedback potentiometer.
The EGR valve is controlled in a closed loop on the change in the air flow measured by the flow sensor.
The potentiometer is used in the fault finding procedure for the EGR valve position.
Catalysed particle filter management:

The particle filter prevents the escape of carbon particles emitted by the engine but not yet removed from the
exhaust gases.
The particle filter is a microporous structure containing channels arranged so as to force-filter the exhaust gases.
The exhaust system consists of several components:

– an oxidation catalytic converter mounted after the turbocharger. This catalytic converter ensures that HC/CO
levels meet current standards by generating the heat (rise in exhaust temperature caused by catalysis) required
for particle filter regeneration,
– a catalysed particle filter located under the bodywork;
– A differential pressure sensor to inform the computer about the pressures upstream and downstream of the
particle filter and a temperature sensor upstream and downstream of the particle filter,
– a turbine upstream temperature sensor.
As the vehicle is being driven, the particle filter gets loaded with particles (soot). Using a given weight of soot
determined by computer mapping, regeneration mode can be triggered when the maximum weight of soot in the
particle filter is reached and the correct engine operating conditions are met (coolant temperature, etc.).
Particle filter regeneration consists of burning the particles of soot that have accumulated in the filter.
The differential pressure sensor measures the particle filter inlet/outlet pressure difference, this value makes it
possible to calculate the weight of soot present in the particle filter using computer mapping: (soot weight = pressure
differential depending on the exhaust volume flow rate).
If all the criteria are met, the computer enters regeneration mode. The injection programming is then adjusted in
order to raise the target exhaust gas temperature between 550 and 650˚C.
This temperature allows the particles accumulated in the filter to be partially or completely burnt (regenerated).
Regeneration efficiency depends on the particle filter inlet temperature and the time spent in regeneration mode.
Regeneration may be automatically triggered when driving if the soot content is below:
Vdiag 58 and 5C: 74 g for Scénic II F9Q804
66 g for Mégane II F9Q804
66 g for Scénic F9Q803
Vdiag 50: 45 g for Scénic II and Mégane II
If the weight of soot is greater than the values above or if regeneration when driving has not been carried out, the
user will have to request an After-Sales regeneration.
Regeneration may be carried out automatically when driving if the weight of soot is less than 56 g and if the number
of regeneration attempts when driving is less than 10 (only for Vdiag 1C and 20).
MR-397-X74-13B100$108.mif
V7
13B-16
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
If regeneration whilst driving has not been possible, the driver should request After-Sales regeneration in the
following cases:
– the soot weight is greater than 56 g for Vdiag 18.
– the soot weight is greater than 59 g or the number of failed regenerations is greater than 10 for Vdiag 1C
and 20.
This regeneration is carried out in the workshop. It is essential to follow the instructions described in the
interpretation of commands SC017 Particle filter regeneration. To carry out regeneration safely (see Technical
Note 5040A, Recommendations for particle filter regeneration).
IMPORTANT
The particle filter must be replaced after a period of time which largely depends on the grade of engine oil used.
This information is provided in the vehicle's Driver's handbook.
After replacing the particle filter, it is essential to reconfigure certain parameters in the computer (see SC036
Reinitialise programming).
Warning light management:
Instrument panel display

The computer manages the data display on the instrument panel relating to engine operation. This involves six
functions:
– the pre-postheating warning light,
– the coolant temperature warning light or warning message;
– the level 1 fault warning light (non-critical fault),
– the level 2 fault warning light (emergency stop),
– the OBD warning light (European On Board Diagnostic),
– particle filter warning message or light.
These six functions are represented by 4 or 5 warning lights and/or messages displayed by the trip computer.
In addition, for vehicles fitted with a voice synthesiser the illumination of some warning lights may be accompanied
by a spoken message (refer to the Driver's Handbook for the vehicle concerned).
A 3 second visual inspection (automatic test procedure managed by the instrument panel) is carried out by the
injection computer when the ignition is switched on.
Orange pre-post heating/non-critical fault SERVICE warning light (level 1)

This light is used both as an in-operation indicator light and as a system fault indicator:
– Continuously lit with + after ignition feed:
Indicates plug preheating (this light goes out when preheating is complete and the engine is able to start).
– Continuously lit accompanied by the message Check injection or Electronic fault:
Indicates a level 1 fault (involving operation of the injection system in defect mode).
The driver should carry out repairs as soon as possible.
MR-397-X74-13B100$108.mif
V7
13B-17
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
Temperature warning light/red EMERGENCY STOP (level 2)
This indicator light is used both as an in-operation indicator light and as a system fault warning light. It lights up for
3 seconds after the ignition is switched on (automatic test procedure managed by the instrument panel):
– Continuously or intermittently lit, accompanied by the message Engine overheating:
Indicates engine overheating (the driver is free to choose whether or not to stop the vehicle).
– For Vdiag 50, 58 and 5C: continuously lit, accompanied by the message faulty injection:
Indicates a level 2 fault (in this case, the injection is automatically cut after a few seconds).
– For Vdiag 18, 1C and 20: continuously lit, accompanied by the message Injection fault: stop the engine and by
a bleep, this indicates a level 2 fault.
In that case, the vehicle must be stopped immediately (when traffic conditions allow).
ORANGE OBD excess pollution warning light

An engine symbol accompanied by the message Check emission control.
This warning light comes on if the system has one or more OBD faults.
This warning light is used to alert the driver of any injection faults that could lead to excessive pollution, or if the
EOBD system has been deactivated.
The injection computer requests illumination of the OBD warning light for a present fault only after three consecutive
driving cycles.
If it flashes, reduce the engine speed until the flashing stops.
The 3 second visual inspection when the ignition is switched on (automatic test procedure managed by the
instrument panel) is carried out by the injection computer.
Special particle filter ORANGE warning light or warning message (depending on instrument panel)
– Vdiag 50, 58, 5C:

This warning light or message is used to warn the driver that the particle filter is clogged or a significant number of
failed regenerations while driving due to driving conditions not being favourable for regeneration.
Table of thresholds:
PR383 Weight of soot in the PR848 Number of failed

Engine particle filter regenerations
Scénic II Mégane II Scénic II Mégane II
F9Q804 Vdiag 50 35 35 3
F9Q803 Vdiag 58 and 5C 50 7
F9Q804 Vdiag 58 and 5C 58 50 7
MR-397-X74-13B100$108.mif
V7
13B-18
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
– Vdiag 18, 1C, 20:
This warning light or message is used to warn the driver that the particle filter is loaded with particles. This happens
when the soot weight is greater than 46 g or the number of failed regenerations is greater than:
– 8 for Vdiag 18.
– 6 for Vdiag 1C and 20.
The driver must then drive as soon as possible at an average speed of 48 mph (80 km/h) subject to the road
conditions and authorised speed limits.
EOBD management. (European On Board Diagnostic):

The OBD (On Board Diagnostic) system permits the detection of any faults relating to the vehicle emission control
system (OBD EURO IV emission control standards being exceeded).
This system should be active for the entire life of the vehicle.
1. OBD fault display conditions
An OBD fault will be detected after 3 driving cycles and the following parameters will be saved in the computer:
– engine load,
– vehicle speed
– air temperature
– coolant temperature,
– turbocharging pressure,
– rail pressure,
– air flow,
– distance travelled in miles by the vehicle since activation of the OBD warning light.
It allows the driver to know whether the vehicle has a fault directly linked to the emission control system.
MR-397-X74-13B100$108.mif
V7
13B-19
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
2. System faults displayed by the OBD
Only a few faults are displayed by the OBD system:

– DF001 Coolant temperature sensor circuit.
– DF003 Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit.
– DF011 Sensor supply voltage no. 1.
– DF038 Computer in 6.DEF EEPROM fault.
– DF040 Cylinder 1 injector circuit in CO Open circuit.
– DF054 Turbocharging solenoid valve control circuit in CC.0 Short circuit to earth.
– DF056 Air flowmeter circuit.
– DF209 EGR valve position sensor circuit.
– DF310 Particle filter upstream temp.* sensor.
– DF315 Particle filter diff.* pressure sensor.
– DF504 Automatic transmission.
– DF621 EGR valve jammed open.
– DF717 Particle filter upstream pressure.
– DF953 Particle filter absent.
Some repair operations require programming to ensure that certain engine components function correctly.
Follow the programming procedures (see Replacement of components), if replacing the exhaust gas
recirculation valve or an injector.
3. OBD fault clearing conditions
An OBD fault is cleared in several steps.

The fault present in the diagnostic tool will only be stored (after a repair operation) after the vehicle has been
driven 3 times.
The OBD warning light will only go out after these 3 trips.
The instrument panel warning light coming on does not automatically mean that the system has a fault.
In order for the OBD fault and display parameters to be cleared from the computer, the system requires
40 engine heating cycles.
An engine heating cycle is a driving cycle during which:
– the engine coolant temperature reaches at least 71.1˚C,
– the engine coolant temperature varies by 22.2˚C in relation to the engine starting temperature.
If one of these conditions is not fulfilled, the OBD fault will still be present or stored on the injection
computer.
* diff: differential
* temp: temperature
MR-397-X74-13B100$108.mif
V7
13B-20
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Replacement of components 13B
COMPUTER REPLACEMENT OR REPROGRAMMING
IMPORTANT
– Switch on the diagnostic tool (mains or cigarette lighter supply).
– Connect a battery charger.
– Cut off all the electrical consumers (lights, interior lighting, air conditioning, radio CD, etc.).
– Wait for the engine to cool (engine coolant temperature < 60˚ and air temperature < 50˚).
– For Vdiag 50, 58 and 5C, the engine fan assemblies are activated automatically when the computer is
being (re)programmed.
– For Vdiag 18, 1C and 20, during (re)programming, the instrument panel screen displays Oil pressure
fault.
– Ignore this message and do not take any action in connection with it.
Two operations must be performed when replacing or reprogramming the computer:

SC003 Save computer data and SC001 Enter saved data.
– Run command SC003 Save computer data before replacing or reprogramming the computer. This enables
certain data to be saved in the diagnostic tool so that the new computer* can be reconfigured like the old one.
The saved data includes: injector codes, EGR programming, specific data for particle filter operation and vehicle
options.
– Run command SC001 Write saved data after replacing or reprogramming the computer. This command
rewrites the data (saved by command SC003 Save computer data) in the new computer*.
If you cannot establish dialogue with the computer being replaced: you will not be able to save anything.
After replacing the computer:
– Manually enter the IMA code for each injector by reading the code on each injector (see 13B, Diesel injection,
Replacement of components, Injector replacement).
– Enter the data specific to particle filter operation by running SC036 Reinitialise programming and select After
replacing the injection computer with no save option.
Exhaust gas recirculation valve data is programmed automatically the 1st time the new computer is switched on*.
* new computer or reprogrammed computer.
Specific operation on the Cruise control/Speed limiter to be carried out before reprogramming the
computer:
Before reprogramming the injection computer, move the main CC/SL switch to the rest position. The information
about the cruise control or the speed limiter displayed on the instrument panel disappears.
Otherwise, if the main switch remains in the cruise control or speed limiter position during and after reprogramming,
the Cruise control/Speed limiter function will not be operational.
The procedure for resetting the function is as follows:
– Vehicle ignition on.
– Position the cruise control/speed limiter switch in the rest position (the computer then detects the rest position).
– Position the cruise control/speed limiter switch in the Cruise control position to activate the Cruise control
function.
– Position the cruise control/speed limiter switch in the Speed limiter position to activate the Speed limiter function.
MR-397-X74-13B100$144.mif
V7
13B-21
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PROCEDURE:
Before replacing or reprogramming the computer:

– Select command SC003 Save computer data,
– if the following message appears: backup file exists, do you want to overwrite it?:
(this file corresponds to the last save carried out on the tool)
– Select YES.
When the backup is complete, replace the computer or reprogram, then proceed to the next step.
After replacing or reprogramming the computer:

– Select command SC001 Write saved data, then follow the instructions given by the diagnostic tool,
– if the VIN has not been entered (see "Computer identification" on the main screen), select VP010 "Enter VIN",
When both these commands have finished:
– switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute before switching the ignition on again,
– then check the system faults, and clear any stored faults;
– otherwise deal with faults which are present, and clear the faults in the computer memory.
Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.
IMPORTANT
During reprogramming, the thermoplunger faults reappear.
– DF032 Thermoplunger 1 relay control circuit,
– DF238 Thermoplunger 3 relay circuit,
In this case, configure the thermoplungers using configuration CF030 Thermoplungers.
IMPORTANT
– The injection computer retains the same immobiliser code for life.
– The system has no security code.
– It is forbidden to perform tests with computers borrowed from the Parts Department or from another vehicle
which must then be returned.
– These computers are hard-coded.
– If the injection computer appears to be faulty, contact the Techline and refer to the fault finding log.
End of operation.
MR-397-X74-13B100$144.mif
V7
13B-22
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
REPLACING THE INJECTORS
Note:
The IMA coding (individual injector correction) is a calibration made in production on each injector to adjust
the flow accurately.
These correction values are etched onto the Bakelite body of each injector (6 alphanumeric characters) and then
entered into the computer which then controls each injector taking into account their manufacturing variance.
After replacing one or more injectors, re-enter the IMA codes.

The system must be configured via the diagnostic socket using the RENAULT CLIP diagnostic tool.
PROCEDURE to be followed after one or more injectors have been replaced:
IMPORTANT
Cylinder no. 1 is located on the engine flywheel end.
– make a note of the IMA code(s) engraved on the injector body,

– enter these codes in the computer using command SC002 Enter injector codes, then follow the instructions
given by the diagnostic tool,
– once the command has finished,
– switch off the ignition,
– wait 1 minute before switching on the ignition again,
– return to fault finding mode,
– select the function Identify computer from the main screen,
– check that the injector codes entered into the computer match those found on the bodies of the injectors:
– if the codes do not match, repeat the procedure for command SC002 Enter injector codes.
– if the codes do match, check system faults and clear any stored faults,
– otherwise deal with faults which are present, and clear the faults in the computer memory.
IMPORTANT
Engines can only operate correctly if the correct IMA codes have been entered.
If no codes have been entered or if an invalid code has been entered, fault
DF276 Program injector codes is present and the engine will be in defect mode (significant engine speed
restriction).
If another injector's code has been entered, the system will accept it but will make the wrong correction.
This could lead to engine damage, loss of performance and excessive pollution.
Always use the correct injector codes for the engine cylinder/computer.
End of operation.
MR-397-X74-13B100$144.mif
V7
13B-23
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
REPLACING OR CLEANING THE EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE
After the exhaust gas recirculation valve has been replaced, the computer must store the new valve offset and the
offset measured when the ignition was last switched off, which corresponds to the valve closing.
Using this data, the computer can detect whether the valve is clogged or seized.
When the valve is replaced or cleaned, clear the stored offsets so that the program uses the new valve's offset value.
The data linked to this strategy is compiled in the Antipollution/OBD sub-function.

– PR128: First EGR valve offset.
– PR129: Last EGR valve offset > or = PR128 for a new valve.
The programming PR128 and PR129 must be cleared every time the exhaust gas recirculation valve is replaced.
PROCEDURE:
– Run command SC036 Reinitialise programming.
– Select EGR valve as the operation type, then follow the instructions given by the diagnostic tool.
Note:
When the reinitialisation is complete, the Emission control/OBD sub-function displays:
PR128 = PR129 > 100 %
When the command is finished,

– wait 1 minute before switching on the ignition again.
When the ignition is switched on again the new EGR valve offset is automatically reset.
Note:
When the new EGR valve offset has been reprogrammed, then the Emission control/OBD sub-function
displays:
10 % < PR128 < 40 %
PR129 > 100 %
– start the vehicle to enable the latest EGR valve offset to be programmed,
– wait 1 minute before switching on the ignition again;
The reprogramming of the last EGR valve offset is stored in the computer.
Note:
When the last EGR valve offset has been reprogrammed, the Emission control/OBD sub-function displays:
10% < PR128 < 40%
10% < PR129 < 40%
– otherwise, deal with the faults that are present and clear the faults in the computer memory.
End of operation.
MR-397-X74-13B100$144.mif
V7
13B-24
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
REPLACING THE DAMPER VALVE
After replacing the damper valve, reconfigure the computer.

The system must be configured via the diagnostic socket using the RENAULT CLIP tool.
PROCEDURE to be followed after the damper valve has been replaced:

– Switch on the ignition.
– establish dialogue with the injection computer,
– run command SC036 Reinitialise programming,
– select Damper valve as the type of operation, then follow the instructions given by the diagnostic tool,
– check that PR420 Damper valve error counter = 0,
– if there are faults, deal with the present faults,
– clear the faults from the computer memory.
End of operation.
REPLACING THE PARTICLE FILTER:
After replacing the particle filter, reconfigure the computer.

The system must be configured via the diagnostic socket using the RENAULT CLIP tool.
PROCEDURE to be followed after the particle filter is replaced:

– switch on the ignition,
– run command SC036 Reset programming;
– select After particle filter replacement as the operation type, then follow the instructions given by the diagnostic
tool,
– if there are faults, deal with the present faults,
– clear the faults from the computer memory.
End of operation.
MR-397-X74-13B100$144.mif
V7
13B-25
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Configuration and programming 13B
Summary of available configuration readings
Configuration readings are used to check the status of configurations performed.

The configuration readings cannot be changed.
NOTES The computer is configured as soon as the one of the vehicle's optional system
components is operated.
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of command RZ005 Programming.
LC009: Heating and air conditioning system

WITH OR WITHOUT
LC056: Heating elements
WITH OR WITHOUT
LC065: Water in diesel fuel sensor
WITH OR WITHOUT
LC120: Cruise control
WITH OR WITHOUT
LC121: Speed limiter
WITH OR WITHOUT
MR-397-X74-13B100$180.mif
V7
13B-26
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Fault summary table 13B
WARNING LIGHT MANAGEMENT:
Management of instrument panel warning lights according to the faults notified.
Level 1 fault Level 2 fault

warning light warning light No fault OBD
Tool Associated
Diagnostic tool title (Orange heater (Red warning warning
fault DTC
plugs "on" overheating light lit light lit
indicator light) warning light)
Coolant temperature sensor

DF001 115 CO.1/CC.0 CO.1/CC.0
circuit
1.DEF/
Atmospheric pressure 1.DEF/ 2.DEF/
DF003 105 2.DEF/
sensor circuit 3.DEF
3.DEF
Turbocharging pressure CO.0/ CC.1/

DF004 235
sensor circuit 1.DEF
DF005 Engine speed sensor circuit 335 1.DEF/2.DEF
CO.1/CC.0/
DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit 190
1.DEF
Pedal potentiometer circuit CO.0/ CC.1/

DF008 225 2.DEF
track 1 1.DEF
Pedal potentiometer circuit CO.0/ CC.1/

DF009 2120
track 2 1.DEF
1.DEF/
DF011 Sensor feed voltage no. 1 641 1.DEF/2.DEF
2.DEF
1.DEF/
2.DEF
1.DEF/
2.DEF
DF015 Main relay control circuit 685 1.DEF/2.DEF
Pre-postheating unit control CC.0/CC.1 /CO /

DF017 380
circuit 1.DEF
Pre-postheating unit
DF025 670 X
diagnostic line
Heating element relay 1 CO/CC.0/

DF032 control circuit (Vdiag 58 1641 CC.1/
only) 1.DEF

DF033 control circuit (Vdiag 58 1642 CC.1/
only) 1.DEF
MR-397-X74-13B100$216.mif
V7
13B-27
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
Level 1 fault
Level 2 fault
warning light No fault OBD
Tool Associated warning light
Diagnostic tool title (Orange heater warning light warning
fault DTC (Red overheating
plugs "on" lit light lit
warning light)
indicator light)

DF034 1643
control circuit (Vdiag 58 only) CC.1/1.DEF
DF037 Engine immobiliser C167 X
1.DEF/2.DEF/
3.DEF/4.DEF/
6.DEF/8.DEF/
DF038 Computer 606 5.DEF/7.DEF 6.DEF
12.DEF
10.DEF/11.DEF/
13.DEF/14.DEF
Inlet air temperature sensor

DF039 110 CC.0/CO.1
circuit
CC.1/CC/
DF040 Cylinder 1 injector circuit 201 CO CO
1.DEF
CC.1/CC/
1.DEF
CC.1/CC/
1.DEF
CC.1/CC/
1.DEF
1.DEF/
DF046 Battery voltage 560
2.DEF
DF047 Computer feed voltage 615 1.DEF
DF049 Refrigerant sensor circuit 530 CC.1/CO.0
1.DEF/
DF050 Brake switch circuit 571
2.DEF
1.DEF/
Cruise control/speed limiter
DF051 575 2.DEF/
function
3.DEF
CC.0/CC.1/CO/
Rail pressure regulation 1.DEF/2.DEF/
DF053 89 3.DEF
function 4.DEF/5.DEF/
6.DEF/7.DEF
CO/CC.0/CC.1/
Turbocharging solenoid valve 1.DEF/
DF054 33 CC.0
control circuit 2.DEF/3.DEF/
4.DEF/5.DEF
MR-397-X74-13B100$216.mif
V7
13B-28
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
Level 1 fault
Level 2 fault
Diagnostic tool title (Orange heater warning warning
plugs "on" light lit light lit
warning light)
indicator light)
Turbocharging pressure
DF055 243 1.DEF/2.DEF
regulation circuit
CO.0/CC.1/
CO.0/CC.1/
DF056 Air flow sensor circuit 100 1.DEF/
1.DEF/2.DEF
2.DEF
Water in diesel fuel detector

DF057 2264 X
circuit
CC.0/
DF058 Oil temperature sensor circuit 195
CO.1
DF059 Misfiring on cylinder 1 301 X
DF069 Impact detected signal 1620 1. DEF
1.DEF/
DF070 Clutch switch circuit 830
2.DEF
Coolant pump relay control

DF086 2600 CO.0/CC.1
circuit
1.DEF/
2.DEF/
DF091 Vehicle speed signal 500
3.DEF/
4.DEF
DF097 Camshaft sensor circuit 340 1.DEF/2.DEF
EGR solenoid valve servo-

DF118 409 2.DEF 1.DEF
control
MR-397-X74-13B100$216.mif
V7
13B-29
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
Level 1 fault
Level 2 fault
warning light)
indicator light)
Low-speed fan assembly CO/

DF176 circuit (Vdiag 18, 1C and 20 480 CO.0/
only) CC.1/1.DEF
High-speed fan assembly CO/

DF177 circuit (Vdiag 18, 1C and 20 481 CO.0/
only) CC.1/1.DEF
Camshaft sensor/engine
DF195 16 1.DEF
speed consistency
CO.0/ CO.0/
EGR valve position sensor
DF209 486 CC.1/ CC.1/
circuit
1.DEF 1.DEF
CO/CC/
CC.0/CC.1/
DF226 Damper valve circuit 638
1.DEF/
2.DEF/3.DEF
Heating element no. 3 relay CO/CO.0/

DF238 circuit (Vdiag 18, 1C and 20 1643 CC.1/
only) 1.DEF

only) 1.DEF

only) 1.DEF
1.DEF/
DF250 ESP function C122
2.DEF
DF272 EGR valve control circuit 403 1.DEF 2.DEF
1.DEF/
DF276 Injector code programming 611
2.DEF
DF308 Clogged particle filter 1431 X
MR-397-X74-13B100$216.mif
V7
13B-30
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
Level 1 fault
Level 2 fault
warning light)
indicator light)
Particle filter downstream CO.1/
DF309 544
temp.* sensor circuit CC.0
Particle filter downstream CC.0/ CC.0/
DF310 2031
temperature sensor circuit CO.1 CO.1
Number of regeneration
DF311 failures exceeded (Vdiag 18, 1435 X
1C and 20 only)
DF312 Speed request 1436 X

CO/CO.0/
CO/CO.0/
Particle filter diff.* pressure CC.1/
DF315 470 CC.1/1.DEF
sensor 1.DEF/
2.DEF
2.DEF
Catalytic converter fault
DF485 422 X …
finding
DF504 Automatic transmission C101 1.DEF 1.DEF
CC.0/CC.1/
DF532 Alternator charge signal 2502 1.DEF/
2.DEF
DF619 EGR valve jammed open 2142 X
DF620 EGR valve fouled 2141 X

EGR valve is jammed open
DF621 2413 X X
(OBD fault)
Turbine upstream CO/CC.0/CO.1/

DF652 242A
temperature sensor circuit CC.1/1.DEF
Particle filter upstream
DF717 1480 1.DEF 1.DEF
pressure
Turbine upstream 1.DEF/
DF778 242B
temperature control 2.DEF
Movement drg* particle filter

DF890 0297 X
regen.*
Regeneration temperature
DF899 3031 X
limit exceeded
DF953 Particle filter absent 2002 X X

DF1070 Cold loop 534
*Temp: temperature
*drg: during
*regen: regeneration
*diff: differential
MR-397-X74-13B100$216.mif
V7
13B-31
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Interpretation of faults 13B
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF001
CC.0: Short circuit to earth
PRESENT CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
OR
STORED
Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults:

The fault is declared present after attempting to start the engine or with the engine
running.
Special notes:
If the fault is present:
– the coolant temperature: PR064 Coolant temperature is fixed at 119˚C,
NOTES – the preheating phase is greater than 10 seconds,
– the low speed motor-driven fan assembly (GMV 1) is continuously supplied,
– if fan assembly 1 is faulty, then fan assembly 2 is activated on vehicles equipped
with air conditioning,
– the level 1 warning light is lit,
– the OBD warning light illuminates after three consecutive driving cycles (start the
engine
+ 5 seconds, then switch off the ignition and wait for 1 minute).
Use bornier Elé. 1681 or Elé. 1590 for all operations on the computer connectors.
Check the coolant temperature sensor connections.

Check the injection computer connections.
Repair if necessary.
Measure the resistance of the coolant temperature sensor between connections 3C and 3JK.
Replace the sensor if its resistance is not approximately:
68780 Ω < X < 82780 Ω at - 40˚C
12338 Ω < X < 12582 Ω at - 10˚C
2140 Ω < X < 2364 Ω at 25˚C
772 Ω < X < 850 Ω at 50˚C
275 Ω < X < 291 Ω at 80˚C
112 Ω < X < 118 Ω at 110˚C
85 Ω < X < 89 Ω at 120˚C
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– connection code 3C,
– connection code 3JK,
between components 120 and 244.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the fault is still present, replace the coolant temperature sensor.
Deal with any faults.

AFTER REPAIR
Carry out a road test followed by another check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16_V50_DF001/EDC16_V58_DF001/EDC16_V5C_DF001/EDC16_V18_DF001/EDC16_V1C_DF001/EDC16_V20_DF001
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-32
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF003
1.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
PRESENT 2.DEF: Signal outside lower limit
OR
3.DEF: Inconsistent signal
STORED

running.
Special notes:
The atmospheric pressure sensor is integrated into the injection computer, and cannot
be separated.
NOTES
– there is light smoke at the exhaust,
– the atmospheric pressure value changes to safe mode, PR035 Atmospheric
pressure = 750 mbar,
– the OBD warning light illuminates after three consecutive driving cycles (starting
+ 5 seconds + switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute).
Disconnect the injection computer and check the condition of the contacts and connector.
Display the value of parameter PR041 Turbocharger pressure.
If this value is stuck at 750 mbar, refer to interpretation of fault DF004 Turbocharging pressure sensor circuit.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-33
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF004
CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to earth
PRESENT CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
OR
STORED

running.
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 or Elé. 1590 for all operations on the injection computer
connectors.
– the EGR function is inhibited,
– the turbocharging pressure is in defect mode, PR041 Turbocharging pressure
NOTES
= 750 mbar,
– the level 1 warning light is illuminated.
Order of priority in the event of more than one fault:

Deal with fault first if it is DF011 Sensor feed voltage no. 1 first if it is present or
stored.
IMPORTANT
This fault can result in a rapid and significant fouling of the particle filter.
CO.0 NOTES None
Check the turbocharger pressure sensor connections.

Repair if necessary
Check the continuity and insulation against earth of the following connections:
– connection code 3LQ,
– connection code 3LP.
If the fault is still present, replace the turbocharger pressure sensor.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-34
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF004
CONTINUED
CC.1 NOTES None

Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of the following connections:

– connection code 3LN,
– connection code 3LP,
If the fault is still present, replace the turbocharger pressure sensor.
1.DEF NOTES None
In the event of a combination of faults with DF003 Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit, display parameter
PR041 Turbocharging pressure.
If this value is stuck at 750 mbar and PR035 Atmospheric pressure is displaying a different value, replace the
turbocharging pressure sensor.

Check for continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– connection code 3LP.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-35
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF005
1.DEF: No signal
PRESENT 2.DEF: Inconsistent signal
OR
STORED
Conditions for applying fault finding procedures to stored faults:

running.
NOTES Special notes:

The engine speed sensor is consistent with the camshaft sensor.
– it is impossible to start the engine or the engine stops,
– the level 2 warning light is lit.
Check the engine speed sensor connections.

Check that the sensor is correctly mounted and that the flywheel target is not damaged.
Check that the gap between the engine speed sensor and the engine flywheel is 0.5 to 1.8 mm.
Measure the resistance of the engine speed sensor between terminals A and B of its black connector.
Replace the engine speed sensor if its winding resistance is not 720 Ω < X < 880 Ω for an engine temperature
of 20˚C.

– connection code 3BG,
– connection code 3BL,

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-36
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF007
PRESENT CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
OR
1.DEF: Offset at minimum threshold
STORED

running.
Special notes:
NOTES If the fault is present:
– the engine will stop immediately,
– it will be impossible to restart the engine,
Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:

Deal with fault DF013 Sensor supply voltage no. 3 first, if it is present or stored.
CC.0 NOTES None
Check the rail pressure sensor connectors.

Check the continuity and insulation to earth of the following connections:

– connection code 3LY,
– connection code 3LX,
If the fault is still present, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten it to 35 ± 5 N.m.
Observe the safety instructions (see Introduction).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-37
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF007
CONTINUED
CO.1 NOTES None.


– connection code 3LZ,
If the fault is still present, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten it to 35 ± 5 N.m.
1.DEF NOTES None

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
With the ignition on, and engine switched off for over 1 minute:
Display parameter PR038 Rail pressure in the Fuel circuit, Engine management tab.
– If the value is below 50 bar, the sensor is in order. In this case, contact the Techline.
– If the pressure is above 50 bar, replace the rail pressure sensor and tighten it to 35 ± 5 N.m.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-38
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT GANGED CIRCUIT 1
DF008
OR
STORED
2.DEF: Accelerator pedal sensor locked

The fault is declared present after a series of full load/no load actions on the
accelerator pedal.
Special notes:
Turbocharging, passenger compartment heating resistor activation and the cruise
control/speed limiter are not authorised.
NOTES If CO.0, CC.1 or 1.DEF is present the level 1 warning light is lit.
The engine speed is fixed at 1400 rpm if there is a fault on gangs 1 and 2 of the pedal
potentiometer and the engine torque is limited.

Deal with fault first if it is DF011 Sensor feed voltage no. 1 first if it is present or
stored.
WARNING
This fault may appear if the wiring harness has been damaged.
Follow the procedure described in the Wiring Check in the Introduction.
This check enables the condition and the conformity of the engine wiring harness to be checked.

If fault DF009 Pedal potentiometer circuit gang 2 is
CO.0 NOTES
present at the same time, check that the pedal sensor
connector is connected correctly.
Check the pedal potentiometer connections.

– connection code 3KW,
– connection code 3LR,
Measure the resistance of the pedal potentiometer on gang 1 between connections 3LR and 3LT.
Replace the pedal potentiometer if the resistance is not approximately 0.8 kΩ < X < 2.6 kΩ.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-39
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF008
CONTINUED 1
CC.1 NOTES None.


– Connection code 3LS,
– connection code 3LT,
Measure the resistance of the pedal potentiometer on gang 1 between connections 3LR and 3LT.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-40
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF008
CONTINUED 2
1.DEF NOTES None

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– connection code 3LS,
– connection code 3LW,
– connection code 3LU,
– connection code 3LV.
If the fault is still present, replace the pedal potentiometer.
2.DEF NOTES None
Check the mechanical condition of the accelerator pedal:

– locked in full load position,
– with the pedal blocked by an external component.
Check the brake light switch.
Vary the position of the pedal and refer to the conformity check in order to check the operating values of the
accelerator pedal potentiometer.
If the values displayed are inconsistent, replace the accelerator pedal potentiometer.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-41
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PEDAL POTENTIOMETER TRACK 2 CIRCUIT
DF009
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present after a series of full load/no load actions on the
accelerator pedal.
Special notes:
Turbocharging, passenger compartment heating resistor activation and the cruise
control/speed limiter are not authorised.
NOTES
If the fault is present, the level 1 warning light is lit.
The engine speed is fixed at 1400 rpm if there is a fault on gangs 1 and 2 of the pedal
potentiometer and the engine torque is limited.

Deal with fault DF012 Sensor supply voltage no. 2 first if it is present or stored.
WARNING

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-42
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF009
CONTINUED 1

CO.0 NOTES


Measure the resistance of the pedal potentiometer on gang 2 between connections 3LU and 3LV.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-43
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF009
CONTINUED 2

CC.1 NOTES


– Connection code 3LV,
Measure the resistance of the pedal potentiometer on gang 2 between connections 3LU and 3LV.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-44
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF009
CONTINUED 3
1.DEF NOTES None

– Connection code 3LV,
– connection code 3LT.
If the fault is still present, replace the pedal potentiometer.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-45
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
SENSOR FEED VOLTAGE NO. 1
DF011
1.DEF: Sensor reference voltage too low
PRESENT 2.DEF: Sensor reference voltage too high
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present after carrying out a road test or after several attempts at
starting the engine.
Special notes:
NOTES – the cruise control/speed limiter function is deactivated,
– turbocharging is inhibited,
– the engine speed is limited,
engine + 5 seconds, then switch off the ignition and wait for 1 minute).
connectors.
WARNING

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-46
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF011
CONTINUED 1

1.DEF If fault DF004 Turbocharging pressure sensor circuit is
NOTES
2.DEF present at the same time, check that the turbocharger
pressure sensor circuit connector is connected correctly.
If fault DF315 Particle filter diff* pressure sensor is
present at the same time, check that the turbocharging
pressure sensor connector is connected correctly.
The following sensors are connected to supply no. 1:

– Turbocharger pressure sensor.
– Particle filter differential pressure sensor.
– Accelerator pedal potentiometer sensor, gang 1.
To locate a faulty sensor and/or connection, disconnect one of these sensors then check whether the fault
becomes stored.
If the fault is still present, start the operation again with the other sensor.
(Wait a few seconds after each disconnection so that the computer can carry out the check). If the fault is stored
after disconnection, change the faulty sensor or repair the connection.
Clear the faults created by the multiple disconnections.
If the fault is still present when the two sensors have been disconnected:
1. Check the earth insulation of the following connections:
For Laguna II:
– connection code 3LQ between components 120, 1474 and 1290.
– connection code 3LP between components 120 and 1474.
– connection code 3TL between components 120 and 1290.
– connection codes 3LR and 3LS between components 120 and 921.
For Mégane II and Scénic II:
– connection code 3LQ between components 120, 1071 and 1290.
– connection code 3LP between components 120 and 1071.
– connection code 3TL between components 120 and 1290.
– connection codes 3LR and 3LS between components 120 and 921.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-47
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF011
CONTINUED 2
2. Check the insulation against + 12 V of the following connections:

– Connection code 3TL,
– connection code 3TK,
between components 120, 1071, 921 and 1290.
3. Check the insulation between the following connections after disconnecting the sensors and the injection
computer:
– connection codes 3LN and 3LQ of the turbocharging pressure sensor,
– connection codes 3LQ and 3TK of the particle filter differential pressure sensor,
– connection codes 3LS and 3LU of pedal sensor gang 1.
If these checks do not produce the correct results, replace the faulty sensor(s).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-48
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE NO. 2
DF012
PRESENT 2.DEF: Sensor reference voltage too high
OR
STORED

Special notes:
– the EGR functions and passenger compartment heating resistance functions are
NOTES
inhibited,
– the cruise control/speed limiter function is inhibited,
– the OBD warning light illuminates after three consecutive driving cycles (starting
connectors.
WARNING
Check the condition of the connectors of the EGR valve position sensor, component code 1460, of the
accelerator pedal potentiometer gang 2 sensor, component code 921 and of the refrigerant pressure
sensor, component code 1202.
Check the condition of the injection computer connector, component code 120.
If the connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.

– EGR valve position sensor.
– Accelerator pedal potentiometer track 2 sensor.
– Refrigerant pressure sensor.
becomes stored.
If the fault is still present, repeat the operation with the other sensors.
(Wait a few seconds after each disconnection so that the computer can carry out the check).
If the fault is stored after disconnection, change the faulty sensor or repair the connection.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-49
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF012
CONTINUED 1
If the fault is still present when the three sensors have been disconnected:
1 Check the earth insulation of the following connections:
– connection codes 3GC and 3EL between components 120 and 1460.
– connection codes 3LU and 3LW between components 120 and 921.
– connection codes 38Y and 38X between components 120 and 1202.
2 Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of the following connections:

– connection code 3GC,
– connection code 3EL,
– connection code 3JM,
– connection code 38Y,
– connection code 38U,
– connection code 38X.
3 Check the insulation between the following connections after disconnecting the sensors and the injection
computer:
– connection codes 3LT and 3LW of the connector of pedal sensor gang 2.
– connection codes 3GC and 3JM of the connector of the EGR valve position sensor.
– connection codes 38Y and 38U of the connector of the refrigerant pressure sensor.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-50
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE NO. 3
DF013
PRESENT 2DEF: Sensor reference voltage too high
OR
STORED

Special notes:
NOTES
– the engine stops,
engine + 5 seconds + switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute).
connectors.
WARNING

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-51
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF013
CONTINUED 1

– Rail pressure sensor.
– Air flowmeter.
becomes stored.
If the fault is still present, repeat the operation with the other sensors.
(Wait a few seconds after each disconnection so that the computer can carry out the check).
If the fault is stored after disconnection, change the faulty sensor or repair the connection.
If the fault is still present when the two sensors have been disconnected:
1. Check the earth insulation of the following connections:
– connection code 3DV,
– connection code 3KJ,
– connection code 3DW.
Between components 120, 1032 and 799.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-52
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF013
CONTINUED 2
2. Check the insulation from + 12 V of the following connections:

– connection code 3DW,
– connection code 3DU.
between components 120, 1032 and 799.
3. Check the insulation between the following connections after disconnecting the sensors and the injection
computer:
– connection codes 3LZ and 3LX of the rail pressure sensor,
– connection codes 3DW and 3KJ of the air flowmeter connector.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-53
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF015
1.DEF: Relay cut out too soon
PRESENT
2.DEF: Relay cut out too late
OR
STORED

Only deal with this fault if it is stored.
Special notes:
NOTES
The supply relay of the injection control unit (50A) is located on a relay plate in the
engine connection unit under the Protection and Switching Unit.
connectors.
Check the Protection and Switching Unit connections (Vdiag 50, 58, 5C only).
Check the condition of the battery terminals making sure they are correctly tightened.
Check the condition of the injection supply relay and its mounting.
Check the 5D (5A) + after ignition supply located on the UPC (Protection and Switching Unit) (Vdiag 50, 58,
5C only).
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of connection 3AA between components 120 and
983.
WARNING
If the UPC no longer detects the injection computer frames (for Vdiag 50, 58 and 5C only)
then fan assembly 1 will be started until the battery has been completely discharged.
If fan assembly 1 is not working, fan assembly 2 will be supplied.
IMPORTANT

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-54
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PREHEATING UNIT CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF017
CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
PRESENT CC.0: Open circuit or short circuit to earth
OR
CO: Open circuit
STORED
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault

The fault is declared present after several attempts to start the engine or after running
actuator command AC001 Preheating unit.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present, it is difficult or even impossible to start the vehicle when cold.
connectors.
CC.1 NOTES None
Check the preheating unit connections and the heating plug supply cables.
Check the condition of supply fuse F2 (70A) on the power supply fuse board.
– connection code 3FF,
– connection code 3FY,
If the fault is still present, replace the pre-postheating unit.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-55
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF017
CONTINUED
Special notes:
CC.0 If the preheating unit has a short circuit to earth there is
NOTES
CO a risk that the heater plugs will be operated continuously.
The heater plugs and the engine may be damaged.
Check the continuity and insulation from earth of the following connections:
– connection code 3FF.
Between components 120 and 257.
1.DEF NOTES None

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-56
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PRE-POSTHEATING UNIT DIAGNOSTIC LINE
DF025
PRESENT
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present after several attempts to start the engine or after running
actuator command AC001 Preheating unit.
NOTES
Special notes:
It is difficult or even impossible to start the engine when cold.
connectors.
Check the preheating unit connections.

Check the connections on all of the heater plugs.
Check fuse F2 for Mégane II and Scénic II and FM12 for Laguna II (70A) located on the power supply fuse
board.
Check the resistance of the heater plugs:
Replace any plugs whose resistance is not less than 2 Ω at + 20˚C.
– connection code 37AB between components 257 and 682.
– connection code 37AC between components 257 and 683.
– connection code 37Z between components 257 and 680.
– connection code 37AA between components 257 and 681.
Check for + 12 V on connection BP35 of the preheating unit (via fuse F2 for Mégane II and Scénic II and FM12
for Laguna II (70A).
If the fault is still present.

– connection code 3FF.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-57
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 50, 58, 5
Fault finding - Interpretation of faults 13B
THERMOPLUNGER 1 RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF032
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT CC.0: Short circuit to earth
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present after:
– the ignition is switched on,
– with the engine running,
– actuator command AC063 Thermoplunger no. 1 relay.
NOTES
If faults DF033 Thermoplunger 2 relay control circuit and DF034 Thermoplunger
3 relay control circuit appear, ignore them and go directly to configuration
CF030 Thermoplunger configuration.
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the connectors of the engine management
computer.
Check the engine management computer connections.

Check the connections of thermoplunger 1.
Check for + 12 V after ignition supply on connections BP27 and BP35 of component 1550.
If there is no + 12 V supply, refer to the interpretation of fault DF015 Main relay control circuit.
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of connection 3JA between components
120 and 1550.
Using a test light, check the supply by running command AC063 Thermoplunger no. 1 relay on connection 3JB
Measure the resistance of thermoplunger 1.
Replace thermoplunger no. 1 if the resistance is greater than 2 Ω.
Replace the water heater interface unit if necessary.
Using a test light, check that the water heater interface unit is properly earthed by running command AC063
Thermoplunger no. 1 relay on connection 3JA between components 120 and 1550.

AFTER REPAIR
EDC16_V50_DF032/EDC16_V58_DF032/EDC16_V5C_DF032
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-58
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 50, 58, 5
DF033
CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

– actuator command AC064 Thermoplunger no. 2 relay.
NOTES
Special notes:
computer.

Measure the connections of thermoplungers 2 and 3.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation to earth of connection 3JAA between
components 120 and 1550.
Check for + 12 V after ignition supply on connection 3JC between components 1550 and 1072 and on
connection 3JD between components 1550 and 1073.
Measure the resistance of thermoplungers 2 and 3.
Replace thermoplunger 2 or 3 if the resistance is greater than 2 Ω.
Using a test light, check that the water heater interface unit is properly earthed on connection 3JAA between

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-59
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 50, 58, 5
DF034
CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

– actuator command AC031 Thermoplunger no.3 relay.
NOTES
Special notes:
computer.

Check the connections of thermoplunger 3.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation to earth of connection 3JAB between
Check for + 12 V after ignition supply between connections 3JD and 3JAC of component 1550 and on the
connection of component 1074.
Measure the resistance of thermoplunger 3.
Replace thermoplunger 3 if the resistance is greater than 2 Ω.
Using a test light, check that the water heater interface unit is properly earthed on connection 3JAB between

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$252.mif
V7
13B-60
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
DF037
PRESENT
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present after an attempt to start engine.

It is impossible to start the vehicle.
connectors.
Check the UCH connections.

Perform a multiplex network test and run complete fault finding on the UCH (see 87B, Passenger compartment
connection unit) if the fault is declared present.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-61
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
COMPUTER
1.DEF: Permanent high signal
2.DEF: Permanent low signal
3.DEF: Configuration absent or incorrect.
4.DEF: Analogue/digital converter fault
DF038 5.DEF: Communication disrupted
PRESENT 6.DEF: EEPROM fault
OR 7.DEF: Watchdog activation
STORED 8.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
10.DEF: Injector control
11.DEF: Injector control capacitor fault
12.DEF: Injection fault when decelerating
13.DEF: Initialisation error
14.DEF: Open circuit or internal electronic fault.

The fault is declared present after an attempted start, or with the engine running.
Special notes:
If 6.DEF, 8.DEF, 12.DEF is present the level 1 warning light is lit.
If one of the other faults is present, the level 2 warning light is lit.
NOTES If 6.DEF is present, the OBD warning light will come on after three consecutive driving
cycles (starting + 5 seconds, switch off the ignition and wait for 1 minute).
connectors.
Priority when dealing with a number of faults:
Deal with fault DF046: Battery voltage first if it is present or stored.
1.DEF to 5.DEF
7.DEF, 8.DEF
NOTES None.
10.DEF, 12.DEF,
13.DEF
Check the injection computer connections and the continuity of all the supplies.
Clear the faults.
Switch off the ignition, wait 1 minute and switch on the ignition again.
If the fault is still present, contact the Techline and complete the fault finding log.
6.DEF NOTES None.
Run command RZ034 Computer memory.

Switch off the ignition and perform a complete powerlatch.
Read the faults.
If the problem disappears:
– run command SC036 Reinitialise programming, and select After replacing injection computer with no
save option,
– enter the injector codes using command SC002 Enter injector codes (see Interpretation of commands),
– perform an After-Sales regeneration. Follow the procedure for command SC017 Particle filter regeneration
(see Interpretation of commands),
– change the engine oil.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-62
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF038
CONTINUED
If there are a number of faults, deal with the other system

11.DEF NOTES
faults first.
Display the stored context for fault DF038.

PR142 Computer fault = 10
NO YES
Contact the Techline Main screen parameters.

PR071 Computer supply voltage > 10 V
NO YES
Check the charge circuit and carry out the NO Contexts stored for DF038.
necessary repairs: PR071 Computer feed voltage > 10 V
– Check the condition of the battery terminals,
– carry out fault finding on the alternator.
Recharge or replace the battery.
YES
Check the condition of the wiring harness between the computer and the battery, carry out the necessary repairs.
– Start the vehicle.
– Clear the stored faults.
– Check the faults:
– If DF038 is stored, end of fault finding.
– If DF038 is present, contact the Techline.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-63
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF039
CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present after an attempted start, or with the engine running.
Special notes:
NOTES
– the air temperature value enters defect mode, i.e. PR059 Inlet air temperature
= 20˚C,
connectors.
CO.1 NOTES None
Check the air flowmeter connections.

Check the continuity of connection 3FB between components 799 and 597.
If the connection is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.

– connection code 3B,
– connection code 3DU.
Measure the resistance of the air temperature sensor between connections 3B and 3DW of the air flowmeter.
Replace the air flowmeter if the resistance displayed is not:
3553 Ω < X < 3875 Ω at 10˚C
2352 Ω < X < 2544 Ω at 20˚C
1612 Ω < X < 1730 Ω at 30˚C

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-64
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF039
CONTINUED
CC.0 NOTES None

– connection code 3B,
– connection code 3FB between components 597 and 799 (Laguna II).
– connection code 3FB2 between components 799 and 1337 (Scénic II).
– connection code 3FB between components 799 and 1337 (Mégane II).
Measure the resistance of the air temperature sensor between connections 3B and 3DW of the air flowmeter.
Replace the air flowmeter if the resistance is not approximately:
3553 Ω < X < 3875 Ω at 10˚C
2352 Ω < X < 2544 Ω at 20˚C
1612 Ω < X < 1730 Ω at 30˚C

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-65
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
DF040
PRESENT CO: Open circuit
OR
CC: Short circuit
STORED

The fault is declared present after the engine has been started.
Special notes:
If CO.1, CC or 1.DEF is present, the level 2 warning light is lit.
If CO is present, the level 1 warning light is lit.
If CO is present, the OBD warning light will come on after three consecutive driving
NOTES
If the fault is present, the injection on cylinder 1 is inhibited.
connectors.
IMPORTANT
WARNING
This test enables the condition and the conformity of the engine wiring harness to be checked.
CC.1
CO
NOTES None
CC
1.DEF
Check the connections on injector no 1.

Disconnect injector no. 1.
Measure the resistance of injector no. 1 between connections 3CR and 3KW.
Replace the injector if it has a short circuit (R = 0 Ω) or open circuit (infinite resistance measurement).
Otherwise reconnect injector no. 1.
– connection codes 3CR and 3KW between components 120 and 193.
If the fault is still present, run test 9: Poor injector operation.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-66
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF041
OR
CC: Short circuit
STORED

Special notes:
NOTES
cycles (start + 5 seconds, switch off the ignition and wait for 1 minute).
connectors.
IMPORTANT
WARNING
CC.1
CO
NOTES None
CC
1.DEF
Check the connections on injector no. 2.

Measure the resistance of injector no. 2 between connections 3KX and 3CS.
– connection codes 3KX and 3CS between components 120 and 194.
If the fault is still present, run test 9 Poor injector operation.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-67
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF042
OR
CC: Short circuit
STORED

Special notes:
NOTES
cycles (start + 5 seconds, switch off the ignition and wait for 1 minute).
connectors.
IMPORTANT
WARNING
CC.1
CO
NOTES None
CC
1.DEF
Check the connections on injector no. 3.

Measure the resistance of injector no. 3 between connections 3KY and 3CT.
connection codes 3KY and 3CT between components 120 and 195.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-68
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF043
OR
CC: Short circuit
STORED

Special notes:
NOTES
connectors.
IMPORTANT
WARNING
CC.1
CO
NOTES None
CC
1.DEF
Check the connections on injector no 4.

Measure the resistance of injector no. 4 between connections 3KZ and 3CU.
– connection codes 3KZ and 3CU between components 120 and 196.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-69
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
BATTERY VOLTAGE
DF046
1.DEF: Excess voltage
PRESENT 2.DEF: Undervoltage
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present following a road test or after attempting to start the
engine.
Special notes:
Computer operating voltage: 9 V < PR071 < 16 V.
Battery voltage that is too low can cause the level 1 fault warning light to come on
NOTES thereby causing other faults to appear.
It is then not possible to start the engine.
connectors.

If this fault is accompanied by DF226 Damper valve circuit 2.DEF: Fault external to
domain, ignore the latter fault as DF046 is the cause of this fault.
1.DEF NOTES None
Check the charge circuits:

Battery condition
Alternator condition (complete fault finding procedure)
Carry out the necessary repairs.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-70
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF046
CONTINUED
2.DEF NOTES None
With the ignition off, measure the voltage across the battery terminals.
If the voltage is less than 11.5 V, test the battery.
If the battery is faulty, replace the battery, then check the charging circuit.
With the ignition on and the with the starter motor turning, measure the voltage between the battery terminals
If the voltage drops below 9.6 V, check the tightness and condition of the battery terminals.
Repair if necessary
If the terminals are in good condition, test the battery.
If the battery is defective, replace it.
If the starter is cranking the engine correctly, but the fault is still present,
– connection code 3FB (Mégane II and Scénic II),
– connection code 3FB1 (Scénic II),
– connection code N between component 120 and the battery earth (Mégane II and Scénic II).
– connection code 3FB between components 120 and 597 (Laguna II).
– connection code NT between component 120 and the chassis earth NT (Laguna II).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-71
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 50, 58, 5C
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
DF047
1.DEF: Voltage outside permitted range of values
PRESENT
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present after several starting attempts, or with the engine
running.

Computer operating voltage: 9 V < PR071 < 16 V.
Battery voltage that is too low can cause the level 1 fault warning light to come on
thereby causing other faults to appear.
connectors.
– connection code AP15 between components 120 and 1337 (Scénic II et Mégane II).
– connection code AP29 between components 120 and 597 (Laguna II).
Check the condition of the injection control unit supply relay (50A) located on a relay plate in the engine
compartment connection unit (no false contact or oxidation on the relay mounting clips).
If the fault does not reappear, start the engine and wait 1 minute.
Carry out a road test and check the system faults.
If there are no faults, fault finding is complete.

AFTER REPAIR
EDC16_V50_DF047/EDC16_V58_DF047/EDC16_V5C_DF047/EDC16_V18_DF047
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-72
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 50, 58, 5C
REFRIGERANT SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF049
PRESENT CO.0: Open circuit or short circuit to earth
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present following a road test, or if the air conditioning is switched
on.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present, air conditioning is not authorised.
connectors.
CC.1 NOTES None
Check the refrigerant pressure sensor connectors.

Check that the configuration reading LC009 Air conditioning is WITH.
If LC009 Air conditioning is WITHOUT, run command RZ005 Programming to reinitialise the vehicle
configurations.
If necessary, operate the air conditioning to reconfigure the computer to WITH.
Connect an air conditioning filling station (equipped with a high pressure gauge) to the vehicle.
Display parameter PR037 Refrigerant pressure and compare the value displayed by the filling station.
If the values match, run fault finding on the air conditioning (see 62A, Air conditioning).
If the values do not match, check the continuity and insulation against + 12 V of the following connections:
– connection code 38X,
– connection code 38U.
If the fault is still present, replace the refrigerant pressure sensor (see MR 364 (Mégane II) or 370 (Scénic II) or
395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, Air conditioning, 62A, Air conditioning, Pressure sensor: Removal -
Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-73
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 50, 58, 5C
DF049
CONTINUED
CO.0 NOTES None
Check the refrigerant pressure sensor connectors.

Check that the configuration reading LC009 Air conditioning is WITH.
If LC009 Air conditioning is WITHOUT, run command RZ005 Programming to reinitialise the vehicle
configurations.
If necessary, operate the air conditioning to reconfigure the computer to WITH.
Connect an air conditioning filling station (equipped with a high pressure gauge) to the vehicle.
Display parameter PR037 Refrigerant pressure and compare the value displayed by the filling station.
If the values match, run fault finding on the air conditioning (see 62A, Air conditioning).
If the values do not match, check the continuity and insulation against earth of the following connections:
– connection code 38X,
If the fault is still present, replace the refrigerant pressure sensor (see MR 364 (Mégane II) or 370 (Scénic II) or
395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, Air conditioning, 62A, Air conditioning, Pressure sensor: Removal -
Refitting).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-74
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
DF050
1.DEF: Open circuit or short circuit
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present after the brake pedal is depressed, or during a road test

If the fault is present, the cruise control/speed limiter is deactivated.
connectors.
WARNING
1. DEF NOTES None
Check the brake pedal switch connections.

Check the condition and adjustment of the brake pedal switch.
Check the conformity of the brake light switch:
For Mégane II and Scénic II without ESP:
Brake pedal released:
– continuity between connections 5A and BPT,
– infinite resistance between connections 65A and SP17.
Brake pedal depressed:
– infinite resistance between connections 5A and BPT,
– continuity between the connections 65A and SP17.
For Mégane II and Scénic II with ESP:
Brake pedal released:
– continuity between connections 5A and BPT,
– infinite resistance between connections 65G and SP17.
Brake pedal depressed:
– infinite resistance between connections 5A and BPT,
– continuity between the connections 65G and SP17.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-75
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF050
CONTINUED
For Laguna II:

Brake pedal released
– continuity between connections 5A and SP13,
– infinite resistance between connections 65A and SP17.
Brake pedal depressed
– infinite resistance between connections 5A and SP13,
– continuity between connections 65A and AP10.
Replace the switch if necessary.

Check the condition of fuse H 15A on the passenger compartment fuse and relay board.
Replace the fuse if necessary.
Check the supplies to the switch:
+ 12 V after ignition Connection SP17 of component 160
+ 12 V battery Connection BPT of component 160 (via ABS)
For Laguna II:
+ 12 V after ignition Connection SP13 of component 160
+ 12 V battery Connection AP10 of component 160
Check the continuity and insulation of connection 5A between components 120 and 160.
2.DEF NOTES None
Check the brake pedal switch connections.

Check the condition and adjustment of the brake pedal switch.
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on connection 5A between components 120
and 160.
Check the conformity of the switch by consulting the interpretation of statuses ET704 Brake switch no. 1 and
ET705 Brake switch no. 2.
If the fault is still present, run fault finding on the ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock braking system).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-76
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER FUNCTION
DF051
PRESENT 2.DEF: Inconsistent vehicle speed
OR
3.DEF: Steering wheel controls
STORED

The fault is declared present after the engine is started or following a road test.
NOTES
Special notes:
The cruise control/speed limiter function is inhibited.
connectors.
WARNING
If the fault is present, consult the interpretation of statuses:

– ET042 Cruise control/speed limiter.
– ET415 Deactivation of cruise control/speed limiter.
Check that by pressing the buttons the statuses change and that, with the ignition switched on, all the values are
correct.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-77
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
RAIL PRESSURE REGULATION FUNCTION
CO: Open circuit
DF053 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
PRESENT 2.DEF: Pressure measured too low
OR 3.DEF: Pressure measured too high
STORED 4.DEF: Insufficient pressure
5.DEF: Pressure < minimum
6.DEF: Pressure > maximum
7.DEF: Significant pump control
8.DEF: Above maximum threshold

– the engine is started,
– a road test,
– an actuator command AC011 Rail pressure regulator.
Special notes:
NOTES
– starting the engine is impossible,
– engine stops if already started,
– if 3.DEF is present, the level 1 warning light is lit,
– if one of the other faults is present, the level 2 warning light is lit.
connectors.
CC.1 NOTES None
Check the rail pressure regulator connectors.

Check the low pressure circuit by running test 3 Low pressure circuit check.
Check the conformity of the fuel used by running test 11 Diesel fuel conformity check.
Measure the resistance of the rail pressure regulator between connections 3HI and 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna
II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II).
Replace the injection pump if its resistance is not 3 ohms ± 1 at 20˚C.
Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of connection 3HI between components 120 and 1105.
Check the rail pressure sensor using the interpretation of DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit.
If the fault persists, replace the injection pump.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-78
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF053
CONTINUED 1
CC.0
NOTES None
CO

Measure the resistance of the rail pressure regulator between connections 3HI and 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna
II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II).
Replace the injection pump if its resistance is not 3 ohms ± 1 Ω at 20˚C.
Check the continuity and insulation to earth on connection 3HI between components 120 and 1105.
With the ignition on, check for + 12 V after relay on the connection 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB1
(Scénic II) of the rail pressure regulator.
If there is no + 12 V on connection 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II), check the continuity and
absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– connection code 3FB between components 1105 and 983 (Laguna II),
– connection code 3FB1 between components 1105 and 1337 (Scénic II),
If the fault persists, replace the injection pump.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-79
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF053
CONTINUED 2
1.DEF NOTES None

Check the conformity of the fuel used by running test 11: Diesel fuel conformity check.
Measure the resistance of the pressure regulator between connections 3HI and 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II)
or 3FB1 (Scénic II).
Replace the injection pump if its resistance is not 3 ohms ± 1 at 20˚C.
– connection code 3HI between components 120 and 1105,
– connection code 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II) between components 1105 and 983
(Laguna II) or 1337 (Mégane II and Scénic II).
If the fault is still present, check that the computer output is working correctly.
→ Either using an ammeter:
With the regulator connected, connect the current clamp to connection 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB1
(Scénic II) of the regulator (in the direction of the current).
Clear any rail pressure regulator faults and run command AC011 Rail pressure regulator.
The ammeter should display ten cycles of two successive currents: ~ 0.6A then ~ 2A.
→ Or using a voltmeter:
With the regulator connected, connect the negative terminal of the voltmeter to connection 3HI of the rail pressure
regulator and the positive terminal to connection 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II).
Clear any fuel pressure solenoid valve faults, then run command AC011 Rail pressure regulator:
The voltmeter should display two successive voltage readings:
~ 3.15 V for an OCR* of 25% then ~ 9.45 V for an OCR* of 75% (ten cycles)
→ Or using an oscilloscope (range 5 V/division and time base 1 ms/division):

With the regulator connected, connect the negative terminal of the oscilloscope to the battery earth and the
positive terminal to connection 3HI of the fuel pressure solenoid valve, clear any rail pressure regulator faults, and
run command AC011 Rail pressure regulator:
the oscilloscope should display a square pulse signal with an amplitude of 12.5 V at a frequency of 185 Hz
(with an OCR* alternating successively from 25 to 75%).
If the measurement does not show any control or continuous voltage, contact the Techline.
* OCR = Opening Cyclic Ratio

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-80
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF053
CONTINUED 3
2.DEF A
NOTES None
8.DEF

Measure the resistance of the pressure regulator between connections 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB1
(Scénic II) and 3HI.
Replace the injection pump if its resistance is not 3 ohms ± 1 Ω at 20˚C.
– connection code 3HI between components 120 and 1105,
In the event of rail overpressure:

Check the operation of the injectors by running test 9 Poor injector operation.
Check that the rail pressure sensor is operating correctly using command AC011 Rail pressure regulator.
Check the conformity of parameter PR038 Rail pressure.
If these checks do not reveal any faults, and if the fault is still present, replace the rail pressure regulator.
In the event of rail underpressure:
Check that the rail pressure sensor is operating correctly using command AC011 Rail pressure regulator.
Check the conformity of parameter PR038 Rail pressure.
Check the low pressure diesel circuit priming.
Check the conformity of the diesel filter connections.
Check the condition of the filter (clogging and water saturation).
Check that there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high pressure pump.
Check the low and high pressure diesel fuel circuit sealing (visual inspections, etc.) pump housing, pressure relief
valve, pipes, rail and injector unions, injector wells, etc.
Check the conformity of the seal fitting on the pressure regulator.
Check the operation of the injectors by running test 9 Poor injector operation.
Carry out the necessary operations.
If the fault is still present replace the rail pressure regulator.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-81
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF054
CO: Open circuit
PRESENT
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
OR
STORED
3.DEF: Below minimum threshold
5.DEF: Permanent high signal

– a road test,
– actuator command AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve.
Special notes:
– turbocharging is no longer authorised,
NOTES – the EGR function is inhibited,
– the vehicle performance is reduced,
– If CC.0 is present, the OBD warning light will come on after three consecutive
driving cycles (starting + 5 seconds, switch off the ignition and wait for 1 minute).
connectors
IMPORTANT

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-82
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF054
CONTINUED 1
CC.1
4.DEF NOTES None
5.DEF
Check the turbocharging solenoid valve connections.

Measure the resistance of the turbocharging solenoid valve between connections 3MG and 3FB (Mégane II and
Laguna II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II).
Replace the turbocharging solenoid valve if the resistance measured is not 14.7 Ω < X < 16.1 Ω at 20˚C.
Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of connection 3MG between components 120 and 1475.
If the fault is still present, replace the turbocharging solenoid valve.
CC.0
CO NOTES None
3.DEF

Replace the turbocharging solenoid valve if the resistance displayed is not 14.7 Ω < X < 16.1 Ω at 20˚C.
– connection code 3MG between components 120 and 1475,
(Mégane II and Scénic II) or 983 (Laguna II).
If the fault is still present, replace the turbocharging solenoid valve.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-83
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF054
CONTINUED 2
1.DEF
NOTES None
2.DEF

Replace the turbocharging solenoid valve if the resistance displayed is not 14.7 Ω < X < 16.1 Ω at 20˚C.
connection code 3MG between components 120 and 1475,
connection code 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II) between components 1475 and 1337
(Mégane II and Scénic II) or 983 (Laguna II).
If the fault is still present, check that the computer output stage is working correctly.
With the turbocharging solenoid valve connected:
→ Or using a voltmeter:
Connect the negative terminal of the voltmeter to connection 3MG of the solenoid valve and the positive terminal
to connection 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II).
Clear any solenoid valve faults and run command AC004 Turbocharger solenoid valve.
The voltmeter should display ten cycles of two successive voltages: ~ 2.5 V (OCR* of 20%) then ~ 8.75 V
(OCR* of 70%).
→ Or with an oscilloscope (range 5 V/division and time base 1 ms/division): Connect the negative terminal of
the oscilloscope to the battery earth and the positive terminal to 3FB of the solenoid valve.
Clear any solenoid valve faults and run command AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve.
The oscilloscope should display a square wave signal with an amplitude of 12.5 V (~ battery voltage) at
a frequency of 140 Hz (with an OCR* changing successively from ~ 20 to ~ 70%).
If the measurement is correct, replace the solenoid valve.
* OCR: Opening Cyclic Ratio

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-84
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE REGULATION CIRCUIT
DF055
1.DEF: Pressure too low
PRESENT 2.DEF: Pressure too high
OR
STORED

Special notes:
– turbocharging is no longer authorised,
connectors
IMPORTANT

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-85
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF055
CONTINUED 1
1.DEF NOTES None
Check the turbocharging pressure sensor connections,

Check the connections of the turbocharging solenoid valve,
Check the sealing of the high pressure air circuit:

– disconnected or pierced pipes,
– pressure sensor disconnected or poorly fitted (seal present),
– intercooler pierced (to check the intercooler: with the vehicle stopped, stabilise the engine speed between
3500 and 4000 rpm and check that there are no leaks).
Check the conformity of the turbocharging pressure signal and run test 2Air line at the turbocharger, test 6
Turbocharger control solenoid valve check and test 7 Turbocharger.
Check that the turbocharger and the control circuit are working:
– With the engine stopped, check that the control rod is (in the rest position the control rod is retracted).
– Start the engine and check that the control rod extends and pulls so as to alter the turbocharger geometry
(when the engine is switched off, the control rod should return to the rest position).
If the control rod does not move correctly, carry out the following checks:
1. Check the control vacuum pressure:

– Disconnect the solenoid valve inlet hose and connect it to a pressure gauge,
– start the engine and stabilise it at idle speed,
– if the vacuum is not between 700 mbar < X < 900 mbar, check the vacuum circuit from the vacuum pump,
– Stop the engine, reconnect the intake hose and proceed to step 2.
2. Solenoid valve control check:

– Disconnect the solenoid valve outlet hoses,
– place your hand on the solenoid valve and block the outlet connection with your thumb,
– if there is no detectable vibration of the solenoid valve, check that the computer output is operating correctly
(see DF054 Turbocharging solenoid valve control circuit 1.DEF).
3. Solenoid valve operation check:

– Connect the pressure gauge to the solenoid valve outlet union,
– if the vacuum is not 700 mbar < X < 900 mbar, replace the solenoid valve.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-86
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF055
CONTINUED 2

2.DEF NOTES Deal with fault DF004 Turbocharging pressure sensor
circuit first if it is present or stored.
Check the turbocharging pressure sensor connections,

Check the connections of the turbocharging solenoid valve,
Check the conformity of the turbocharging pressure signal (refer to the interpretation of parameter PR041
Turbocharging pressure).
Make sure the turbocharging pressure relief solenoid valve is not jammed open:
– With the engine switched off, disconnect the inlet and outlet hoses from the solenoid valve.
– connect a vacuum pump to the inlet union and apply a vacuum pressure.
– If the vacuum pressure is not maintained, replace the solenoid valve.
Check that the turbocharger control rod has not seized:

– With the engine stopped, check that the turbocharger control rod is in the rest position (the control rod is
retracted),
– apply a vacuum of 700 mbar < X < 900 mbar to the hose connected to the turbocharger control diaphragm,
– if the diaphragm holds the vacuum pressure, check the movement and setting of the turbocharger control rod
(see MR 364 (Mégane II), MR 370 (Scénic II), MR 395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, 12B, Turbocharging).
If the control rod is seized, replace the turbocharger.
If the fault is still present, run test 2 Air line at the turbocharger, test 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve
check and test 7 Turbocharger.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-87
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AIR FLOWMETER CIRCUIT
DF056
OR
1.DEF: Offset at maximum threshold
STORED
2.DEF: Offset at minimum threshold

The fault is declared present after a road test.
Special notes:
NOTES – the OBD warning light illuminates after three consecutive driving cycles (starting
connectors.

Deal with fault DF013 Sensor supply voltage no. 3 first, if it is present or stored.
CC.1 NOTES None


– connection code NT (Laguna II),
– connection code 3DU (Mégane II and Scénic II),
– connection code 3KJ.
If the fault is still present, replace the air flow sensor

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-88
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF056
CONTINUED 1
CO.0 NOTES None
Check that there is a + 5 V supply on connection 3KJ of the air flow sensor.
Check the insulation and continuity to earth between the following connections:
connection code 3DW,
connection code 3KJ,
connection code 3DV,
connection code 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB2 (Scénic II) between components 799 and 983
If the fault is still present, replace the air flowmeter.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-89
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF056
CONTINUED 2
1.DEF None
NOTES Conditions for applying fault finding procedures to

stored faults:
2.DEF
The fault is declared present after the ignition has been
switched off for 40 seconds.

Repair if necessary
– connection code 3DU (Mégane II and Scénic II),
– connection code 3FB (Laguna II and Mégane II) or 3FB2 (Scénic II) between components 799 and 983
– connection code NT (Laguna II) between component 799 and the chassis earth NT.
If the fault is still present, run test 4 Checking the turbocharged air inlet circuit and test 5 Air flowmeter,
check that the damper valve is open (valve control resting against the air vent unit),
with the flowmeter connected, the vehicle ignition on and engine stopped,
check the voltage between connections 3DW and 3DV of the air flowmeter:
Replace the air flow sensor if its value is not 0.5 V < X < 0.7 V.
Check the EGR valve is not jammed open:

– Deal with any faults,
– Use the conformity check and Emission control/OBD sub-function,
If these checks show that the valve is jammed or irrevocably seized, replace the EGR valve.
If no faults are revealed, but the fault is still present, replace the air flow sensor.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$288.mif
V7
13B-90
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
20, 50, 58, 5C Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL DETECTOR CIRCUIT
DF057
PRESENT
OR
STORED

NOTES
Check the conformity and quality of the fuel by running test 11 Diesel fuel conformity check.
Check the sealing of the tank and the low pressure circuit by running test 3 Low pressure circuit check.
A. Check that the water in diesel detection sensor is correctly connected.

– If not, clear the fault,
– carry out a road test (speed > 12 mph (20 km/h) and engine speed > 1200 rpm) for more than 30 seconds.
– If the fault does not recur, end the fault finding procedure.
– If the fault reappears, go to step C.
b) If the water detection sensor is not present:

– Insulate the electrical connector not connected to the vehicle (risk of humidity, oxidation, and erratic
appearance of faults).
Check that the configuration reading LC065 Water in diesel fuel sensor is WITHOUT.
If LC065 Water in diesel fuel sensor is WITH, run command RZ005 Programming to reinitialise the vehicle
configurations.
– Clear the faults.
– Carry out a road test (speed > 12 mph (20 km/h) and engine speed > 1200 rpm) for more than 30 seconds.
– If the fault does not recur, end the fault finding procedure.
c) If the sensor is correctly connected:

– Bleed the diesel filter unit (see MR 395 (Laguna II), 370 (Scénic II) or 364 (Mégane II), Mechanical, 13A, Fuel
supply).
– Clear the fault.
– Carry out a road test (speed > 12 mph (20 km/h) and engine speed > 1200 rpm) for more than 30 seconds.
– If the fault does not reappear, end the fault finding procedure.
d)If the fault reappears:

– Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on connection 3WT between components 414
and 120.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-91
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
DF057
CONTINUED
Check the supply of the water detection sensor between connections 3FB and N.
If none of these checks reveal any faults:

– Replace the water detection sensor (see MR 395 (Laguna II), 370 (Scénic II) or 364 (Mégane II), Mechanical,
13A, Fuel supply).
– Clear the fault.
– Carry out a road test (speed > 12 mph (20 km/h) and engine speed > 1200 rpm) for more than 30 seconds
to confirm the repair.
Note:
If the level of water in the fuel filter unit is lower than the sensor electrodes, certain driving conditions (turns, hills)
may cause erratic illumination of the injection fault warning light.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-92
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF058
CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
PRESENT CC.0 : Short circuit to earth
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present when the ignition is switched on or with the engine
running.
NOTES
Special notes:
This fault only occurs on vehicles with automatic transmission.
Check the oil temperature sensor connections.

Measure the resistance of the oil temperature sensor between connections 47Q and 115A.
Replace the oil temperature sensor if the resistance is not approximately:
1150 Ω at 40˚C
308 Ω at 80˚C
105 Ω at 120˚C
53 Ω at 150˚C
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– connection code 47Q,
– connection code 115A.
If the fault is still present, replace the oil temperature sensor.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-93
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
COMBUSTION MISFIRES ON CYLINDER 1
DF059
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Special notes:
NOTES If the fault is present, engine performance is reduced and engine instabilities may
occur.

Deal with fault DF040 Cylinder 1 injector circuit first, if it is present or stored.
Check that the IMA code for injector no. 1 has been entered correctly and that it matches the code marked on
the corresponding injector.
Enter the code to the unprogrammed/incorrectly programmed injector, if necessary.
Refer to the interpretation of command SC002 Enter injector codes (see Interpretation of commands).
Check the engine compression.

Check the valve clearance and adjust if necessary.
When dealing with a number of misfiring faults, check the fuel conformity by running test 11 Diesel fuel
conformity check.
Visually inspect the return pipe of injector no. 1.


AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-94
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
MISFIRING ON CYLINDER 2
DF060
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Special notes:
occur.


conformity check.
Visually inspect the injector no. 2 return pipe.


AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-95
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
DF061
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Special notes:
occur.


Check the valve clearances and adjust them if necessary.
conformity check.


AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-96
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
DF062
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Special notes:
occur.


conformity check.


AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-97
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
IMPACT DETECTED SIGNAL
DF069
1.DEF: Impact stored by the injection computer
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Only apply the interpretation of this fault if the fault is present and the vehicle will not
start.
Special notes:
NOTES The fault appears when the injection computer receives a frontal impact signal from
the Airbag computer via the multiplex network.
As soon as the injection computer receives this signal:
– engine operation is prohibited,
connectors.
If the vehicle has been involved in an accident:

Carry out any necessary repairs,
– clear the fault,
– wait 1 minute,
– switch on the ignition.
If the fault does not recur, end the fault finding procedure.
If the fault recurs, run fault finding on the AIRBAG computer.
If the vehicle has not been involved in an accident:

Run fault finding on the AIRBAG computer (see 88C, Airbag and pretensioner).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-98
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
CLUTCH SWITCH CIRCUIT
DF070
1.DEF: No signal
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present after the clutch pedal is depressed, or during a road test.
NOTES
Special notes:
If this fault is present, the cruise control/speed limiter function will be inhibited.
connectors.
WARNING
Check the conformity and adjustment of the clutch switch (position, connection).
– Display status ET405 Clutch pedal switch:
– with the clutch engaged, status ET405 Clutch pedal switch should be RELEASED
– when the clutch pedal is disengaged status ET405 Clutch pedal switch should be DEPRESSED.
If these checks are not OK, replace the clutch switch.
If these checks are correct:

Check the connections of the clutch pedal switch.
Check the injection computer connections
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on connection 86D between components 120
and 675.
Check for earth on connection MAM of the clutch pedal switch.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-99
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
COOLANT PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF086
PRESENT CC.1: Short circuit to +12 V
OR
STORED

The fault appears after the ignition has been switched off and after waiting 1 minute,
or after actuator command AC195 Electric coolant pump.
Special notes:
NOTES
The control relay is located in the engine compartment connection unit.
connectors.
CO.0 NOTES None
Check the electric coolant pump relay FM3 (A 20A or 30A) and check that it is operating correctly.
Check the continuity between the following connections:

– connection codes 3FB and 3VG of component 573 (Laguna II).
– connection codes 3VG and 3FB2 of component 573 (Scénic II).
– connection codes 3VG and 3FB of component 573 (Mégane II).
If these checks are correct,

connection code 3VG between components 120 and 573 (Laguna II) or 299 (Mégane II and Scénic II)
connection code 3FB between components 573 and 120 (Laguna II) or 1337 (Mégane II and Scénic II)
connection code 3VH between components 573 and 369.
Check for earth on connection M of the turbocharger bearing coolant pump connector.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-100
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
DF086
CONTINUED
CC.1 NOTES None
Check the electric coolant pump relay (A 20A) and check that it is operating correctly.
Check the continuity between connections 3FB and 3VG of component 573.
– connection code 3VG between components 120 and 573.
– connection code MAS of component 369.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-101
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
DF091
PRESENT 2.DEF: Signal outside upper limit
OR
3.DEF: Configuration absent or incorrect
STORED
4.DEF: Multiplex line connection fault

The fault is declared present during a road test.
NOTES
Special notes:
connectors.
Check the ABS computer connections.

Run fault finding on the multiplex network (see 88B, Multiplexing) and on the ABS (see 38C, Anti-lock braking
system).
Refer to the Technical Notes for the vehicle when dealing with any faults.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-102
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
CAMSHAFT SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF097
1.DEF: No signal
PRESENT
OR
STORED

A drop in engine speed followed by nominal behaviour from the vehicle is possible.
Special notes:
NOTES
If this fault is present:
– It is impossible to start the vehicle,
connectors.
Check the conformity of the + 12 V after relay supply line,

1.DEF from connection 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB1
NOTES
2.DEF (Scénic II) of component 1337 or 597.
Use the vehicle Wiring Diagrams Technical Note.
Check the camshaft sensor connections.

Check the camshaft sensor fitting and positioning,
Also check its general condition, (damaged housing, overheating, etc.),
– connection codes 3CQ and 3FJ between components 120 and 746.
With the ignition on and the camshaft sensor connected:
Use a voltmeter to measure the voltage between connections 3FJ and 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II) or 3FB1
(Scénic II) of the camshaft sensor:
The voltage displayed should be equal to the battery voltage ± 0.08 V.
– If the voltage is outside permitted tolerance values, take the measurement again on the connector, with the
camshaft sensor disconnected,
– If the voltage is still outside permitted tolerance values with the sensor disconnected.
Check thecontinuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection 3FB ( Mégane II and Laguna
II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II) between components 756 and 1337 or 597.
If the measured voltage is correct with the sensor disconnected.
Measure the resistance of the camshaft sensor between connections 3CQ and 3FB (Mégane II and Laguna II)
or 3FB1 (Scénic II).
Replace the sensor if its resistance is not 9750 Ω < X < 10750 Ω at 20˚C

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-103
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
EGR SOLENOID VALVE SERVO-CONTROL
DF118
1.DEF: Insufficient EGR valve flow
PRESENT 2.DEF: Excessive EGR valve flow
OR
STORED

Special notes:
If the fault is present the EGR function is disabled.
If 1.DEF is present, the level 1 warning light is lit.
connectors.
NOTES
– DF272 EGR valve control circuit if it is present or stored.
IMPORTANT
If dealing with this fault requires the EGR valve to be replaced, run command SC036
Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR valve offsets
(see Replacement of components).
Check the EGR valve connections.

Check for continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
- connection code 3VP,
- connection code 3VQ.
Check that there are no leaks on the EGR circuit, pierced or damaged pipes, and the tightness of the clips.
Measure the resistance of the EGR valve motor between connections 3VP and 3VQ.
Replace the EGR valve if the resistance displayed is not between 1 Ω < X < 400 Ω at 20˚C.
If the valve is jammed or irrevocably seized, replace the EGR valve.
Run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR valve offsets

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-104
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C, 20
Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
LOW-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT
DF176
CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

– an attempted start, or with engine running,
– command AC038 Low-speed fan assembly relay is run.
NOTES
Special notes:
connectors.
CO NOTES None.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply to the relay mounting R09 on connection 3FB.
Check the condition of the connections and the correct operation of the running lights relay.R09
Replace it if necessary.
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on connection 3JN between components 120
and 597.
CC.0 NOTES None.
Check the continuity and insulation to earth of connection 3FB between components 983 and 700.

AFTER REPAIR
EDC16_V18_DF176/EDC16_V1C_DF176/EDC16_V20_DF176
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-105
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C, 20
DF176
CONTINUED
CC.1 NOTES None.
Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of connection 3JN between components 597 and 120.
1. DEF NOTES None.
Check the condition of the connections:

– on the low-speed fan unit relay connector,
– on the injection computer grey connector C.
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance between the following connections:
– connection code 3JN between components 120 and 597.
– connection code 3FB between components 983 and 700.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-106
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C, 20
HIGH-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT
DF177
CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

– an attempted start, or with engine running,
– command AC039 High-speed fan unit run.
NOTES
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operation at the level of the injection computer
connectors.
CO NOTES None.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply to the fan assembly relay mounting R10 on connection 3FB.
Check the condition of the connections and the correct operation of the relay.R10
Replace the relay if necessary.
Check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance of connection 3JP between components 120
and 597.
CC.0 NOTES None.
Check the continuity and insulation to earth of connection 3FB between components 120 and 983.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-107
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C, 20
DF177
CONTINUED
CC.1 NOTES None.
Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of connection 3JP between components 120 and 597.
1. DEF NOTES None.
Check the condition of the connections:

– of the R10 fan assembly relay connector,
– on the injection computer grey connector C.
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance between the following connections:
– connection code 3JP,
– connection code 3FB,

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-108
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
ENGINE SPEED/CAMSHAFT SENSOR CONSISTENCY
DF195
1.DEF: Signal incoherent
PRESENT
OR
STORED

The fault becomes present after an attempt to start.

If the fault is stored, clear the fault from the computer memory.
Switch off the ignition, start the engine and check that the fault does not reappear.
connectors.
Check the engine speed sensor and camshaft sensor connections.

With the connector disconnected, check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the
following connections:
– connection code 3FJ,
– connection code 3CQ,
– connection code 3BL.
With the ignition on and the camshaft sensor connected:

Use a voltmeter to measure the voltage between connections 3FJ and 3FB or 3FB1 of the camshaft sensor:
The voltage displayed should be equal to the battery voltage ± 0.08 V.
– If the voltage is outside permitted tolerance values, take the measurement again on the connector, with the
camshaft sensor disconnected,
– If the voltage is still outside permitted tolerance values with the sensor disconnected:
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on connection 3FB or 3FB1 between
components 746 and 1337 or 983.
If the voltage measured is correct, with the sensor disconnected:

Measure the resistance of the camshaft sensor between connections 3CQ and 3FB or 3FB1.
Check that the engine speed sensor is correctly mounted and that the flywheel target is not damaged.
Check that the engine speed sensor - flywheel air gap is correct: 0.5 mm < X < 1.8 mm.
Measure the resistance of the engine speed sensor between connections 3BG and 3BL.
Replace the sensor if its resistance is not 720 Ω < X < 880 Ω at 20˚C.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-109
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
EGR POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF209
PRESENT
OR
1.DEF: Micro-breaks
STORED

Special notes:
– there is smoke coming from the exhaust,
– the EGR offset fault finding function is disabled,
– the OBD warning light illuminates after three consecutive driving cycles
(starting + 5 seconds + switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute).
NOTES
connectors.

– DF012 Sensor supply voltage no. 2 if it is present or stored.
IMPORTANT
If dealing with this fault requires the EGR valve to be replaced, run command SC036
Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR valve offsets
WARNING
CO.0 NOTES None

– connection code 3GC.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-110
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
DF209
CONTINUED 1
EGR valve with a square connector:

Measure the resistance of the EGR valve position feedback potentiometer between connections 3GC and 3JM.
Replace the EGR valve if the resistance displayed is not between 3.9 Ω < X < 9.1 Ω at 20˚C.
EGR valve with a flat connector:

Replace the EGR valve.
When replacing the EGR valve, run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to
reinitialise the EGR valve offsets (see Replacement of components).
CC.1
NOTES None
1.DEF


– connection code 3JM,
– connection code 3GC.
Check for + 5 V on connection 3GC of the EGR valve.




AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-111
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
DF209
CONTINUED 2
Check for + 5 V on connection 3GC of the EGR valve.




AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-112
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
DAMPER VALVE CIRCUIT
CC.1:Short circuit to + 12 V
DF226 CC.0: Short circuit to earth
OR CC: Short circuit
STORED 1.DEF: Internal electronic fault
2.DEF: External fault finding
3.DEF: Values outside tolerances

– a road test,
– actuator command AC012 Damper valve,
– the ignition is switched off for 1 minute.
Special notes:
– it is difficult or even impossible to start the vehicle,
NOTES
– the engine stops noisily,
connectors.

Deal with fault DF046 "Battery voltage" first if it is present or stored.
IMPORTANT
After any work is carried out on the damper valve, run SC036
CC.1 NOTES Reinitialise programming and select Damper valve, then
switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute.
Check the damper valve connections.

– connection code NT (Laguna II) or N (Scénic II and Mégane II) between component 1461 and chassis earth
NT or N.
– connection code 3VN,
– connection code 3VM.
If the fault is still present, replace the damper valve.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-113
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
DF226
CONTINUED 1
After any work is carried out on the damper valve, run SC036
CO
NOTES Reinitialise programming and select Damper valve, then
CC.0
switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute.
Check the damper valve connections


– connection code 3VM.
between components 120 and 1461
– connection code 3FB or 3FB1 between components 1461 and 1337 or 597.
After any work on the damper valve, run SC036 Reinitialise

CC NOTES programming and select Damper valve, then switch off the
ignition and wait for 1 minute.

Check the continuity, insulation and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– connection codes 3VN and 3VM between components 120 and 1461
– connection code 3FB or 3FB1 between components 1461 and 1337 or 597.
NT or N.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-114
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C,
DF226
CONTINUED 2
1.DEF After any work is carried out on the damper valve, run SC036
to NOTES "Reinitialise programming" and select "Damper valve",
3.DEF then switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute.

Check the continuity, insulation and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– connection code 3VM,
between components 120 and 1461
– connection code 3FB or 3FB1 between components 1461 and 1337 or 597,
NT or N.
If the fault is still present, check that the computer output is working correctly.
Damper valve connected:
– connect the negative terminal of the voltmeter to connection NT of the damper valve,
– connect the positive terminal of the voltmeter to connection 3FB of the damper valve,
– use command AC012 Damper valve :
The voltmeter should display ten cycles of two successive voltages: ~ 2.5 V (OCR* of 20%) then ~ 8.75 V (OCR*
of 70%).
If the voltmeter does not indicate any control while the command is running (ten 1-second cycles), contact the
Techline.
*OCR: Opening Cyclic Ratio

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-115
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C, 20
THERMOPLUNGER NO.3 RELAY CIRCUIT
DF238
CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

The fault is displayed as present following an engine start or following actuator
command AC031 Thermoplunger relay no. 3.
If faults DF239 "Heating element relay No. 2 circuit" and DF240 "Heating
NOTES
element relay No. 1 circuit" occur, ignore them and go directly to configuration
CF030 "Heating element configuration".
Special notes:
Use bornier Elé. 1681 for all operations on the computer connectors.
See the Wiring diagrams Technical Note for the vehicle to locate the fuses and relays
concerned.
1.DEF
NOTES None
CO
Check for + 12 V after ignition supply on relay mounting R5 on connection 3FB.

Check the condition of the connectors of thermoplunger no.3 relay (R5) and of the injection computer.
Check the condition and correct operation of the R5 relay.

Replace if defective.
Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on connection 3JAB between components 120
and 597.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-116
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C, 20
DF238
CONTINUED 1
CC.0 NOTES None

Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation to earth of connection 3FB between
CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of connection 3JAB between components 597 and 120.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-117
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C, 20
THERMOPLUNGER RELAY CIRCUIT N˚ 2
DF239
CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

The fault appears after an engine start or actuator command AC064 Thermoplunger
no. 2 relay.
NOTES
Special notes:
concerned.
1.DEF None
NOTES
CO
Check the condition of the connectors on thermoplunger no. 2 relay (R11) and on the injection computer.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on connection 3JAA between components 120
and 597.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-118
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C, 20
DF239
CONTINUED
CC.0 NOTES None
Check the condition and the correct operation of the R1 relay.

Replace the relay if necessary.
Check the insulation to earth of connection 3FB between components 1068 and 983.
CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of connection 3JAA between components 120 and 597.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-119
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C, 20
THERMOPLUNGER N˚ 1 RELAY CIRCUIT
DF240
CO: Open circuit
OR
STORED

The fault appears after the engine is started or after actuator command AC063
Thermoplunger no. 1 relay.
NOTES
Special notes:
concerned.
1.DEF
NOTES None
CO

Check the condition of the connectors on thermoplunger no. 1 relay (R1) and on the injection computer.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of connection 3JA between components 120
and 597.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-120
Program No.: C1
Vdiag no.: 18, 1C, 20
DF240
CONTINUED
CC.0 NOTES None

Check the insulation to earth of connection 3FB between components 1067 and 983.
CC.1 NOTES None.

Check the continuity and insulation from + 12 V of connection 3JA between components 120 and 597.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$324.mif
V7
13B-121
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM FUNCTION
DF250
PRESENT 2.DEF: Multiplex line connection fault
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present during a road test.
NOTES
Special notes:
connectors.
Check the ABS computer connections.

Run fault finding on the multiplex network (see 88B, Multiplexing) and on the ABS (see 38C, Anti-lock braking
system).
Refer to the Technical Notes for the vehicle when dealing with any faults.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-122
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
EGR VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
DF272
1.DEF : Valve jammed open
PRESENT 2.DEF : Valve jammed closed
OR
STORED

Special notes:
The EGR function is inhibited if several faults are present with DF226 Damper valve
NOTES circuit.
If 1.DEF is present:
– there is smoke coming from the exhaust.
connectors.
1.DEF
NOTES None
2.DEF

– connection code 3VP,
– connection code 3VQ.
Check that there are no leaks on the EGR circuit, pierced or damaged pipes, and the tightness of the clips.
Measure the resistance of the EGR valve motor between connections 3VP and 3VQ.
Replace the EGR valve if the resistance displayed is not between 1 Ω < X < 400 Ω at 20˚C.

Run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR valve offsets

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-123
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
INJECTOR CODE PROGRAMMING
1.DEF: Internal electronic fault when writing
DF276
2.DEF: No code stored
PRESENT
Condition for applying fault finding ONLY to a present fault:

– reprogramming the injection computer,
– replacing and programming the injection computer.
NOTES
Special notes:
1.DEF NOTES None
Enter the injector codes using command SC002 Enter injector codes (see Interpretation of commands).
If the fault is still present after switching off the ignition, waiting 1 minute and then re-establishing dialogue.
Refer to the interpretation of command SC002 Enter injector codes.
Otherwise clear the fault memory using RZ007 Fault memory.
This fault appears on any blank computer (new or recently

2.DEF NOTES
reprogrammed)
WARNING
A computer without the IMA option can be replaced by a computer with this option. The codes are not
saved during command SC003 Save computer data.
In this case, status ET104 "Use of injector codes" becomes "YES", fault DF276 is present and the engine
operates in defect mode.
Program the injector codes using command SC002 Enter injector codes (see Interpretation of commands).
If the fault is still present after switching off the ignition, waiting 1 minute and then re-establishing dialogue, refer
to interpretation of command SC002 Enter injector codes.
Otherwise clear the fault memory using RZ007 Fault memory.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-124
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
CLOGGED PARTICLE FILTER
DF308
1.DEF: Maximum limit
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Special notes:
– particle filter regeneration is inhibited,
– the level 1 warning light is illuminated and a warning message or a special particle
filter warning light is displayed on the instrument panel.
Use bornier Elé. 1681 bornier for all operations on the connector of the engine
management computer.
NOTES
Firstly, deal with the following faults:
– DF315 Particle filter differential pressure sensor if it is present.
– DF308 if DF315 is stored.
– DF717 Particle filter upstream pressure if it is present or stored.
– DF226 Damper valve circuit if it is present or stored.
– DF309 Particle filter downstream temperature sensor if it is present or
stored.
– DF899 Regeneration temperature threshold exceeded if it is present or
stored.
– DF310 Particle filter upstream temperature sensor if it is present or stored.
– DF778 Turbine upstream temperature regulation if it is present or stored.
– DF652 Turbine upstream temperature sensor circuit if it is present or
stored.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-125
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
DF308
CONTINUED
The fault appears if the weight of soot contained in the particle filter exceeds:
– 74 g for Scénic II and 66 g for Mégane II Vdiag 58 and 5C
– 45g for Vdiag 50.
– 56 g for Vdiag 18.
– 59 g for Vdiag 1C and 20.
Carry out an After-Sales regeneration.
Follow the procedure for command SC017 Particle filter regeneration (see Interpretation of commands).
Clear fault DF308, if Present or Stored.
Important: DF308 must be cleared within the 3 minutes following the last power latch.
Apply TEST 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check.
*diff. : differential
*temp. : temperature

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-126
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
PARTICLE FILTER DOWNSTREAM TEMP.* SENSOR
DF309
PRESENT
CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to +12 V
OR
STORED

The fault becomes present:
– ignition is on (CC.0),
– following a road test, engine warm (CO.1).
NOTES management computer.
IMPORTANT
The particle filter downstream temperature sensor only measures temperatures
greater than 50˚C.
CC.0 NOTES None.
Check the condition of the particle filter downstream temperature sensor connector (see Wiring Diagram
Technical Note, Mégane II, Scénic II or Laguna II, component code 1288).
Check the condition of the engine management computer connector (see Wiring Diagram Technical Note,
Mégane II, Scénic II or Laguna II, component code 120).
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair) repair the connector(s); otherwise, replace the wiring.
Check the insulation to earth of the following connections:

– connection code 3TG,
– connection code 3XU,
If any of the connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: precautions for repairs), repair the wiring; otherwise replace the wiring.
If the fault is still present, replace the particle filter downstream temperature sensor.
*temp: temperature

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-127
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
DF309
CONTINUED
CO.1 NOTES None.
Check the condition of the particle filter downstream temperature sensor connector (see Wiring Diagram
Technical Note, Mégane II, Scénic II or Laguna II, component code 1288).
wiring, wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector(s); otherwise, replace the wiring.
Check the continuity and insulationof the following connections against + 12 V :

– connection code 3TG,
– connection code 3XU,
If the fault is still present, replace the particle filter downstream temperature sensor.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-128
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
PARTICLE FILTER UPSTREAM TEMP*. SENSOR
DF310
PRESENT
CO.1: Short circuit or open circuit to + 12 V
OR
STORED

Special notes:
NOTES – particle filter regeneration is inhibited,
IMPORTANT
The particle filter upstream temperature sensor only measures temperatures
above 50˚C.
CC.0 NOTES None.
Check the condition of the particle filter upstream temperature sensor connector (see Wiring Diagram Technical
Note, Mégane II, Scénic II or Laguna II, component code 1287).
If the connector or connectors are faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing
electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the insulation to earth of the following connections:
– connection code 3XT,
– connection code 3TD,
If the fault is still present, replace the particle filter upstream temperature sensor.
*temp: temperature

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-129
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
DF310
CONTINUED
CO.1 NOTES None.
Check the condition of the particle filter upstream temperature sensor connector (see Wiring Diagram Technical
If one of the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring
repair, Wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the continuity and insulationof the following connections against + 12 volts:
– connection code 3XT,
– connection code 3TD,
If the fault is still present, replace the particle filter upstream temperature sensor.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-130
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 1C, 20, 58, 5C
FAILED REGENERATIONS LIMIT EXCEEDED
DF311
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Special notes:
– particle filter regenerations when driving are inhibited.
NOTES Priorities when dealing with a number of faults:

– DF308 Particle filter clogged if it is present or stored.
– DF315 Particle filter diff.* pressure sensor if it is present or stored.
– DF055 Turbocharging pressure regulation circuit if it is present or stored.
– DF309 Particle filter downstream temperature sensor if it is present or stored.
– DF899 Regeneration temperature threshold exceeded if it is present or stored.
– DF310 Particle filter upstream temperature sensor if it is present or stored.
– DF778 Turbine upstream temperature regulation if it is present or stored.
– DF652 Turbine upstream temperature sensor circuit if it is present or stored.
The fault appears after a certain number of failed regeneration attempts while driving (between 10 and 12
for MEGANE II and SCENIC II; between 6 and 8 for LAGUNA II).
– Carry out an After-Sales regeneration.
– Follow the procedure for command SC017 Particle filter regeneration (see Interpretation of commands).
Carry out an oil change if the particle filter is replaced.
*diff.: differential
*temp. : temperature

AFTER REPAIR
EDC16_V58_DF311/EDC16_V5C_DF311/ EDC16_V1C_DF311/EDC16_V20_DF311
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-131
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding – Interpretation of faults 13B
SPEED REQUEST
DF312
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Special notes:
– a warning message or a special particle filter warning light is displayed on the
instrument panel,
– A specific kind of driving is required to bring about regeneration of the
particle filter when driving.
NOTES

– DF308 Particle filter clogged if it is present or stored,
– DF311 Failed regenerations limit exceeded if it is present.
– DF315 Particle filter differential pressure sensor if it is present or stored,

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-132
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
DF312
CONTINUED
For MEGANE II and SCENIC II, the fault appears when the weight of soot contained in the particle filter is
greater than:
Engine PR383 Weight of soot in the particle

PR848 Number of failed regenerations
filter
Scenic II Mégane II Scenic II Mégane II
F9Q803 Vdiag 50 35 35 3
F9Q803 Vdiag
50 h7
58 and 5C
F9Q804 Vdiag
58 50 7
58 and 5C
For LAGUNA II, the fault appears when the weight of soot contained in the particle filter is greater
than 46 g (Vdiag 18,1C, 20 only) or:
– 8 failed regeneration attempts while driving for Vdiag 18
– 6 failed regeneration attempts while driving for Vdiag 1C and 20
PART A
The flow chart on the following page allows analysis of the driving profile and the causes for the warning to come
on:

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-133
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
DF312
CONTINUED 1
Repair request with DF312 present or stored ONLY
Read the information from the Particle filter history sub-function: PR784 to PR793 Stored DF312 no. 1 to no. 10
Are PR784 to PR793 all equal to 0 miles (0 km)?
NO YES
Among these parameters (PR784 to PR793):
– Find the parameter with the highest mileage: this is the mileage of the last DF312.
– Note the parameter index on the order of repair with the relevant mileage value.
E.g.: PR787 = 2794 miles (4657 Km)
Read the information from the Particle filter history sub-function:PR794 to PR803 Failed regeneration
records no. 1 to no. 10.
vdiag 5c and 20 vdiag 50, 58, 18 and 1c

Is at least one of PR794 to PR803 = 19660 miles (32766 km)? YES
NO
Identify the distance(s) from the values of parameters PR794 to PR803 Failed regeneration records no. 1 to
no. 10, included between the Mileage of the last DF312 and the Mileage of the last DF312 - 120 miles
(200 km). These are the mileages of the last failures.
Example: 2674 miles (4457 km) < PR801 = 2760 miles (4600 km) < 2794 miles (4657 km)
Is there at least one?
NO YES
Within ET706 to ET715 Stored engine status no. 1 to no. 10:
– Read the values of the statuses relating to the mileage of the last failures.
– These are the engine statuses of the last failures.
Is the engine status value for one of the last failures

NO Contact Techline.
STOPPED?
YES
– Read in the context of the appearance of fault DF312, PR383 Weight of soot in the particle filter.
It is the soot deposit at the time of DF312.
– Read in the current context, the current value of PR383 Weight of soot in the particle filter
NO Current value of PR383 > soot weight at the time of DF312 + 5g? YES
*Hist: history

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-134
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
DF312
CONTINUED 2
PART B
1- NO particle filter regeneration.
2- On the repair order, note the parameter and the status that correspond to the last failure:
– Mileage of the last DF312.
– Mileage of the last failures.
– Engine statuses of the last failures.
E.g.: PR787 = 2794 miles (4657 km); PR801 = 2760 miles (4600 km); engine status = STOPPED.
3- Interpretation of the values written on the order of repair by the service advisor for the customer:
Before the last time the warning light or Particle Filter message came on (appeared at the Mileage of the last
DF312), the customer had not respected the driving recommendations: the failure that occurred at the Mileage of
the last failure is due to the engine being switched off.
4- Explain to the customer the procedure to turn off the warning light, backed up by the parameters written in the
repair order: see PART D.
PART C
1- Carry out a regeneration in the Renault network with the approval of the Techline.
2- Change the oil and replace the oil filter if requested by a message on the diagnostic tool.
3- Run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select After particle filter replacement.
4- Explain to the customer the procedure for regeneration when driving in order to avoid unnecessary repairs: see
PART D.
PART D
Procedure to switch off the Particle filter message or warning light on the instrument panel.
Certain types of driving can trigger the illumination of the particle filter warning light or message, and therefore
cause fault DF312 to appear. The customer must drive in a specific way (refer to vehicle's user manual) which
entails:
1. When the engine is warm, drive at a speed greater than 48 mph (80 km/h) for 2 minutes to trigger the
regeneration procedure.
2. Continue to drive at an average speed of 48 mph (80 km/h) until the "particle filter" message or warning light on
the instrument panel goes out. In order for the procedure to succeed, it is necessary to drive without stopping
the engine or leaving the engine running at idle speed for an extended period of time. The regeneration time
depends on the vehicle and driving conditions but should last for 20 minutes maximum.
3. If regeneration when driving fails (the warning light has not switched off or the service warning light has come
on), carry out a particle filter regeneration in the Renault dealership.
Run command SC017 Particle filter regeneration (see Interpretation of commands).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-135
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
PARTICLE FILTER DIFF.* PRESSURE SENSOR
DF315 CO: Open circuit
OR CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED 1.DEF: Inconsistent signal
2.DEF: Signal outside lower limit

Special notes:
NOTES (starting + 5 seconds + switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute),
– the particle filter fault finding procedure is inhibited,
– particle filter regeneration is inhibited.

● DF315 if it is present.
● DF308 Particle filter clogged if DF315 is stored and DF308 is present.
● DF011 Sensor supply voltage no. 1 if it is present or stored
CC.1 NOTES None
Check the condition of the differential pressure sensor connector (see Wiring Diagram Technical Note, Mégane
II, Scénic II or Laguna II, component code 1290).
Check the insulation from + 12 V of the following connections:

– connection code 3TL,
– connection code 3TM,
If the fault is still present, replace the differential pressure sensor.
*diff: differential

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-136
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
DF315
CONTINUED
CO.0
NOTES None
CO

– connection code 3TL,
– connection code 3TM,
1.DEF
NOTES None
2.DEF
Check the condition of the pressure pipes on the differential pressure sensor.
Check their seal and that they are correctly positioned (see MR 395 (Laguna II) or 364 (Mégane II), or 370
(Scénic II), Mechanical, 19B Exhaust, Particle filter pressure sensor: Removal - Refitting).
Replace if necessary.
Check the condition of the connectors on the differential pressure sensor and the injection computer.
If the connector(s) is faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector(s); otherwise, replace the wiring.
– Connection code 3TL,
– Connection code 3TM.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-137
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
CATALYTIC CONVERTER FAULT FINDING
DF485
PRESENT
OR
STORED

The fault occurs during After-Sales regeneration using the diagnostic tool when the
particle filter upstream temperature is less than 450˚C.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present, particle filter regenerations are not possible.
The oxidation catalytic converter does not produce enough heat at the particle filter inlet to regenerate the particle
filter.
Replace the catalytic converter, then run command SC017 Particle filter regeneration.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-138
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
DF504
1.DEF: Multiplex line connection fault
PRESENT
OR
STORED
Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults

The fault is declared present with the engine running.

Run a multiplex network test (see 88B, Multiplex).
If the fault is still present, run fault finding on the Automatic transmission system (see 21A, Automatic
transmission).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-139
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
ALTERNATOR CHARGE SIGNAL
DF532
OR
STORED
2.DEF: Below minimum threshold
Conditions for applying the fault finding procedure to stored faults

The fault is declared present when the ignition is switched on or with the engine
running.
Special notes:
NOTES If the fault is present, the level 1 warning light will be lit.
IMPORTANT
The fault can appear after the alternator has been saturated for too long.
For stored faults, clear the fault, switch off the ignition and wait for 1 minute, then
perform a road test to confirm the fault before any carrying out any operation.
Run a multiplex network test (see 88B, Multiplex).
For Laguna II:

If the fault is still present, check the insulation and continuity of connection 2K between components 120 and 103.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-140
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
EGR VALVE JAMMED OPEN
DF619
PRESENT
OR
STORED


– DF118 EGR solenoid valve servo-control,
– DF209 EGR valve position sensor circuit,
– DF272 EGR valve control circuit,
if they are present or stored.
Special note:
– The EGR and turbocharging functions are inhibited,
connectors.
IMPORTANT
This fault can result in a rapid and significant fouling of the particle filter. If dealing with
this fault requires the EGR valve to be replaced, run command SC036 Reinitialise
programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR valve offsets

Check the operation of the EGR valve:

– exit fault finding mode in CLIP,
– switch off the vehicle ignition,
– disconnect the EGR valve connector,
– remove the EGR valve.
– Check that there are no particles blocking the movement of the piston.
– Clean the EGR valve, (see NT3916A Cleaning the EGR valve).
– When replacing the EGR valve, run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select EGR valve to
If the valve is jammed or irrevocably seized, replace the EGR valve. Run command SC036 Reinitialise
programming and select EGR valve to reinitialise the EGR valve offsets (see Replacement of components).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-141
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
EGR VALVE FOULED
DF620
PRESENT
OR
STORED


Special note:
– turbocharging is inhibited,
connectors.
IMPORTANT


AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-142
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
EGR VALVE JAMMED OPEN (OBD FAULT)
DF621
PRESENT
OR
STORED


Special note:
NOTES
– there is heavy smoke coming from the exhaust,
connectors.
IMPORTANT



AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-143
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBINE UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DF652 CO: Open circuit
OR CC.1: Short circuit to + 12 V
STORED CO.1: Open circuit or short circuit to + 12 V
1.DEF: Signal outside upper limit

Special notes:
NOTES – particle filter regeneration is inhibited,

DF011 Sensor voltage supply no. 1
IMPORTANT
The turbine upstream temperature sensor only measures temperatures above
200˚C
Check the condition of the turbine upstream temperature sensor connector (see Wiring Diagram Technical
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation against + 5 V and + 12 V of the
– connection code 3ABS,
– connection code 3ABT.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation to earth of connection 3ABS
Check for earth on connection 3ABT of the turbine upstream temperature sensor
If the fault is still present, warm up the engine until PR064 Coolant temperature = 80˚C.
Run the engine at fast idle speed:
PR055 Engine speed = 1500 rpm for 2 minutes.
If PR667 Turbine upstream temperature remains fixed at 200˚C, replace the turbine upstream temperature
sensor.
Deal with any faults .

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-144
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
PARTICLE FILTER UPSTREAM PRESSURE
DF717
1.DEF: Signal incoherent
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Special notes:
(starting + 5 seconds + switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute),
– the particle filter fault finding procedure is inhibited,
– particle filter regeneration is inhibited.
Check the condition of the pressure pipe between the particle filter upstream take-off point and the differential
pressure sensor.
Check that the pipe is not crushed, blocked or pierced.

Check that it is correctly positioned and connected to the differential pressure sensor (see MR 395 (Laguna II),
370 (Scénic II) or 364 (Mégane II), Mechanical, 19B Exhaust, Particle filter pressure sensor: Removal -
Refitting).
Replace the pressure pipe if necessary.
Deal with any faults .

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-145
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBINE UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE CONTROL
DF778
1.DEF: Measured temperature too high
PRESENT 2.DEF: Parameter at maximum limit
OR
STORED

– the engine is started with a speed greater than 1750 rpm and a fuel flow greater
than 30 mg/st,
– a road test.
Special notes:
NOTES
IMPORTANT

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-146
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
DF778
CONTINUED
Check the turbine upstream temperature sensor connections.

check the engine management computer connections.
If there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for
repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation against + 5 V and + 12 V of the
– connection code 3ABS,
– connection code 3ABT.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation to earth of connection 3ABS
Check for earth on connection 3ABT of the turbine upstream temperature sensor.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Apply TEST 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check.
If the fault is still present, warm up the engine until parameter PR064 Coolant temperature = 80˚C.
Run the engine at fast idle speed:
PR055 Engine speed = 1500 rpm for 2 minutes.
If PR667 Turbine upstream temperature remains fixed at 200˚C, replace the turbine upstream temperature
sensor.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-147
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
MOVEMENT DRG* PARTICLE PRESSURE SENSOR
DF890
PRESENT
OR
STORED

The fault becomes present during an After-Sales regeneration carried out using the
diagnostic tool at a speed above zero.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present, the particle filter regeneration in progress is interrupted.
IMPORTANT
The fault is present because the vehicle has been driven while the After-Sales regeneration was in
progress.
The vehicle must remain stationary throughout regeneration.
DO NOT DRIVE THE VEHICLE.
CHECK THAT THE VEHICLE IS CORRECTLY IMMOBILISED.
– switch off the ignition and wait for the diagnostic tool message:
"Loss of dialogue with the computer, check the tool connection and the computer supply",
– switch on the ignition,
– carry out another After-Sales regeneration,
– Run command SC017 Particle filter regeneration and follow the procedure (see Interpretation of
commands).
* DRG: during
* REGEN: regeneration

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-148
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
REGENERATION TEMPERATURE LIMIT EXCEEDED
DF899
PRESENT
OR
STORED

The fault occurs during After-Sales regeneration using the diagnostic tool when the
particle filter upstream temperature is above 700˚C.
NOTES
Special notes:
If the fault is present, the particle filter regeneration in progress is interrupted.
IMPORTANT
The fault is present because the particle filter has reached an abnormally high temperature while After-
Sales regeneration is being carried out.
The vehicle's particle filter upstream temperature must not exceed 700˚C during the whole regeneration
process.
– Replace the particle filter,
– run command SC036 Reinitialise programming (see Interpretation of commands) and select After particle
filter replacement.

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-149
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
PARTICLE FILTER ABSENT
DF953
PRESENT
OR
STORED

Special notes:
– blue/white smoke and black particles coming from the exhaust,
NOTES
Priorities when dealing with a number of faults :
– DF315 Particle filter diff* pressure sensor if it is present or stored.
IMPORTANT
In the long term, this fault may lead to premature wear and a greater risk of
turbocharger failure.
If the connector(s) is faulty and if there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector(s); otherwise, replace the wiring.
Check the particle filter is present.
If the filter is present,
Visually inspect the particle filter by placing the vehicle on a lift:
– not damaged (no abnormal welds, if necessary compare it with another vehicle fitted with particle filter),
– if After-Sales sleeves are present, due to work being carried out previously, check that the particle filter's
contents were not emptied out when it was removed.
If the particle filter is not working correctly or is absent:
– Replacing the particle filter,
– run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select After particle filter replacement
(see Interpretation of commands).
*diff: differential

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-150
Program No.: C1
Vdiag No.: 18, 1C, 20,
COLD LOOP
DF1070
PRESENT
OR
STORED

The fault is declared present with the engine running and a heating and air
conditioning request
NOTES
– DF049 Refrigerant sensor circuit, if it is present or stored.
When the fault is present or stored, the heating and air conditioning system is inhibited.
Check fuse F22 (10A) of the UPC and the condition of the air conditioning compressor connector.
If the connectors is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
Check the air conditioning compressor wiring.

If the wiring is faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
Manually check if the compressor is jammed (turn the clutch plate manually to check that there is no point of
resistance). In the event of sticking, replace the air conditioning compressor (see MR 364 (Mégane II) or 370
(Scénic II), Mechanical, Heating and air conditioning system, 62A, Air conditioning, Compressor: Removal
- Refitting).
Top up with refrigerant, check for any leaks and repair if necessary (see MR 364 (Mégane II) or 370 (Scénic II),
Mechanical, Heating and air conditioning system, 62A, Air conditioning, Refrigerant circuit: check,
Refrigerant circuit: Draining - Filling).

AFTER REPAIR
MR-397-X74-13B100$360.mif
V7
13B-151
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Conformity check 13B
The global conformity check for the functions and sub-functions of this system is no longer interpreted in the
conformity check. Instead, all information available in the functions and sub-functions can be found in the
following sections:
For STATUSES, refer to the “INTERPRETATION OF STATUSES” section.
For PARAMETERS, refer to the INTERPRETATION OF PARAMETERS section.
For COMMANDS, refer to the INTERPRETATION OF COMMANDS section.
EDC16_V50_CCONF/EDC16_V58_CCONF/EDC16_V5C_CCONF/EDC16_V18_CCONF/EDC16_V1C_CCONF/EDC16_V20_CCONF
MR-397-X74-13B100$432.mif
V7
13B-152
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Status summary table 13B
Tool status Diagnostic tool title
ET001 + After ignition computer feed
ET003 Engine immobiliser
ET004 Air conditioning authorisation
ET007 Pre-postheating unit control
ET014 Monitor cooling fan 1
ET015 Monitor cooling fan 2
ET021 High speed fan assembly request
ET022 Low speed fan assembly request
ET038 Engine
ET042 Cruise control/speed limiter
ET076 Starting
ET077 Impact detected
ET079 Air conditioning present
ET088 Compressor actuation request
ET104 Injector code use
ET111 Number of passenger compartment heating resistors fixed (Vdiag 50 only)
ET112 Passenger compartment heating resistors cut out (Vdiag 50 only)
ET143 Low-speed fan assembly relay control (Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only)
ET144 High-speed fan assembly relay control (Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only)
ET205 Heating element no. 1 relay control (Vdiag 58 only)
ET238 Synchronisation
ET341 Immobiliser code programmed
ET405 Clutch pedal switch
ET415 Cruise control/speed limiter deactivation
ET651 EGR programming cut-off
MR-397-X74-13B100$468.mif
V7
13B-153
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Status summary table 13B
Tool status Diagnostic tool title
ET703 Cruise control/speed limiter button
ET704 Brake switch No. 1
ET705 Brake switch No. 2
ET706 Stored engine status no. 1
ET742 Stored regen.* request status No. 1
* regen.: regeneration
MR-397-X74-13B100$468.mif
V7
13B-154
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50 58, 5C Fault finding - Interpretation of statuses 13B
COMPUTER + AFTER IGNITION FEED
ET001
“PRESENT”, this status indicates that the + after ignition feed is active.
STATUS DEFINITION
“ABSENT”, this status indicates that the + after ignition feed is inactive.
Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the statuses do not correspond with the system
programming functions.
Conformity check with engine stopped and ignition on, or engine running, and engine coolant
temperature > 80 ˚C
PRESENT With the ignition on and engine running warm at idle speed, + after ignition feed is
activated.
In the event of a fault, apply the interpretation of DF046 Battery voltage or DF151 Main
relay circuit.
AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test, then check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16_V18_ET001/EDC16_V1C_ET001/EDC16-V20_ET001/EDC16_V50_ET001/EDC16_V58_ET001/EDC16-V5C_ET001
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-155
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET001
CONTINUED
Sensor electrical conformity
ABSENT NOTES Ignition on
Check the condition and the conformity of the supply fuse F5D (5A) for the Protection and Switching Unit
(Vdiag 18,1C, 20 only).
Repair if necessary
Check for an earth on connection NT (Laguna II) or N (Mégane II and Scénic II) of component 120.
If the connection is defective and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Check for a + 12 V feed on connection AP29 (Laguna II) or AP15 (Mégane II and Scénic II) of the injection
computer.
If there is no voltage, check the continuity and the masse insulation of connection AP29 (Laguna II) or AP15
(Mégane II and Scénic II) between components 120 and 1337 (Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only) or 597 (Vdiag 50, 58, 5C
only).
If the connection or connections are defective and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A,
Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
PRESENT NOTES Ignition on
Check that there is no + 12 V feed with the ignition off on connection AP29 (Laguna II) or AP15 (Mégane II and
Scénic II) of component 120.
If the connection is defective and there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical
wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-156
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
ET003
“ACTIVE”, this status indicates that the immobiliser is active.

STATUS DEFINITION
“INACTIVE”, this status indicates that the immobiliser is inactive.
Special notes:
ACTIVE Refer to the fault finding note for the UCH (see 87B, Passenger compartment
connection unit).
INACTIVE Refer to the fault finding note for the UCH (see 87B, Passenger compartment
connection unit).
EDC16_V50_ET003/EDC16_V58_ET003/EDC16-V5C_ET003/EDC16_V18_ET003/EDC16_V1C_ET003/EDC16-V20_ET003
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-157
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AC AUTHORISED
ET004
“YES”, this status indicates that the air conditioning is active.

STATUS DEFINITION
“NO”, this status indicates that the air conditioning is inactive.
Special notes
Engine running, engine coolant temperature > 80 ˚C
YES The air conditioning authorisation only changes to "YES" if:

– the air conditioning request has been made by the driver (air conditioning switch in
AC or AUTO position with minimum ventilation),
– the engine is not under full load,
– the air conditioning system is not faulty.
Conformity check with engine stopped and ignition on
NO Status ET004 remains at "NO" under the following conditions:

– Vehicle stopped with the ignition on,
– faults present in the air conditioning circuit,
– no air conditioning request made by the driver,
– engine under full load.
If status ET004 remains "NO" then the air conditioning should be authorised, check:
– that the air conditioning compressor is activated correctly,
– the air conditioning system feed fuses,
– the presence of refrigerant in the air conditioning circuit,
– that the refrigerant fluid pressure value is consistent at idle speed.
If the fault is still present, check the climate control computer faults (see 62C, Air
conditioning).
EDC16_V50_ET004/EDC16_V58_ET004/EDC16-V5C_ET004/EDC16_V18_ET004/EDC16_V1C_ET004/EDC16-V20_ET004
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-158
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PRE-POSTHEATING UNIT CONTROL
ET007
“ACTIVE”, when the heater plugs are activated according to the engine coolant
temperature.
STATUS DEFINITION “INACTIVE”, after the engine has been running for a certain period.
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF017: Pre-postheating
control circuit.
Special notes:
Conformity check with engine running, engine coolant temperature > 80 ˚C
“ACTIVE” After the engine has been running for a certain period, the status changes from
then “ACTIVE” to “INACTIVE”.
“INACTIVE” In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF017 Pre-postheating unit
control circuit.
Sensor conformity check
ACTIVE When the vehicle is started from cold, the injection computer controls the pre-
postheating unit so that the vehicle can be started.
Status ET007 becomes YES a few seconds after the ignition is switched on and during
pre-postheating.
If the vehicle does not start and status ET007 becomes YES, check:
– supply fuse F2 (Scénic II and Mégane II) or FM12 (Laguna II) (70A) for the pre-
postheating unit, located on the power feed fuse rack in the engine compartment
connection unit, below the Protection and Switching Unit,
– the resistance of the heater plugs.
Replace any plug with a resistance of less than 2 Ω.
If the vehicle starts and status ET007 remains “YES” during the engine operating
phase, refer to the interpretation of faults:
– DF017 Preheating relay control circuit.
– DF025 Pre-postheating unit diagnostic connection.
EDC16_V50_ET007/EDC16_V58_ET007/EDC16_V5C_ET007/EDC16_V18_ET007/EDC16_V1C_ET007/EDC16-V20_ET007
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-159
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET007
CONTINUED
INACTIVE After the engine is started and the postheating phase, the injection computer should
stop the pre-postheating unit operating.
Status ET007 should become “NO”.
In the event that the vehicle does not start and status ET007 remains “NO”, check the
continuity and absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– Connection code 3FY,
– Connection code 3FF.
If any connections are defective and if there is a repair method (see Technical
Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the
wiring, otherwise replace it.
If the fault is still present, refer to the interpretation of faults:

– DF017 Preheating relay control circuit.
– DF025 Pre-postheating unit diagnostic connection.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-160
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
CHECK COOLING FAN 1
ET014
“RUNNING”, this status indicates that the fan assembly is engaged.

STATUS DEFINITION
“STOPPED”, this status indicates that the fan assembly is not engaged.
Special notes:
NOTE:
Statuses ET014 and ET022 “Low-speed fan assembly request” change status simultaneously.
RUNNING The low-speed engine fan is supplied in three scenarios:

– the engine coolant temperature is above 89 ˚C;
– the air conditioning is operating
– the injection computer has system faults that could lead to the engine overheating.
When the low-speed fan assembly is supplied:
– status ET014 becomes “RUNNING” and status ET022 “Low-speed fan assembly
request” becomes “ACTIVE”.
If the low-speed fan assembly does not work, refer to the fault finding note for the
Protection and Switching Unit (Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only).
Conformity check with engine stopped and ignition on.
STOPPED The low-speed fan assembly stops when:

– the engine coolant temperature is below 89 ˚C;
– the air conditioning is not switched on by the driver.
WARNING
If the Protection and Switching Unit (Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only) no longer detects the injection
computer signals, the low-speed fan assembly is supplied until the battery is completely
discharged.
IMPORTANT If the low-speed fan assembly is defective, the high-speed fan assembly will be activated.
EDC16_V50_ET014/EDC16_V58_ET014/EDC16_V5C_ET014/EDC16_V18_ET014/EDC16_V1C_ET014/EDC16_V20_ET014
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-161
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
CHECK COOLING FAN 2
ET015
“RUNNING”, this status indicates that the fan assembly is engaged.

STATUS DEFINITION
“STOPPED”, this status indicates that the fan assembly is not engaged.
Special notes:
NOTE:
Statuses ET015 and ET021 “High-speed fan assembly request” change status simultaneously.
RUNNING The engine fan assembly can be supplied when:

– the engine coolant temperature is above 99˚C.
When the high speed fan is supplied:
– status ET015 becomes “RUNNING” and status ET144 “High-speed fan assembly
request” becomes “ACTIVE”.
STOPPED The high-speed fan assembly stops when:

WARNING
discharged.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-162
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
HIGH-SPEED FAN REQUEST
ET021
“RUNNING”: this status indicates that the high-speed fan assembly has been
requested.
STATUS DEFINITION
“STOPPED” : this status indicates that the high-speed fan assembly has not been
requested.
Special notes:
NOTE:
Statuses ET021 and ET015 “GMV2 test” change status simultaneously.
ACTIVE The injection computer requests the activation of the high speed GMV when:
– the engine coolant temperature is above 99 ˚C.
– status ET021 becomes “ACTIVE” and status ET015 “GMV2 test” becomes
“RUNNING”.
INACTIVE The high-speed fan assembly stops when:

– no fault which could cause engine overheating is present in the injection
system.
WARNING
discharged.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-163
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
LOW SPEED GMV CONTROL
ET022
“RUNNING”, this status indicates that the high-speed fan assembly has been
requested.
STATUS DEFINITION
“STOPPED”, this status indicates that the high-speed fan assembly has not been
requested.
Special notes:
NOTE:
Statuses ET022 and ET014 “GMV1 test” change status simultaneously.
ACTIVE The injection computer requests the activation of the low speed GMV when:
– the engine coolant temperature is above 89 ˚C;
– the injection computer has system faults that could lead to the engine overheating,
– the air conditioning is switched on by the driver.
– status ET022 becomes “ACTIVE”,
– status ET014 “GMV1 test” becomes “RUNNING”.
INACTIVE The low-speed fan assembly stops when:

– no fault which could cause engine overheating is present in the injection
system.
the air conditioning is not requested by the driver
WARNING
discharged.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-164
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ENGINE
ET038
“+ AFTER IGNITION FEED”: this status indicates that the engine is under + after
ignition feed.
STATUS DEFINITION
“RUNNING”: this status indicates that the engine is running.
“STOPPED”: this status indicates that the engine is stopped.
Special notes:
+ after ignition feed This status indicates that the engine is in + after ignition feed.
In the event of a fault, switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute.
Conformity check with engine running, engine coolant temperature > 80 ˚C
RUNNING This status indicates that the engine is running.

In the event of a fault, switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-165
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER
ET042
“NOT DETECTED”: this status indicates that the cruise control or speed limiter function
is not present on the vehicle.
“INACTIVE”: this status indicates that the cruise control/speed limiter main On/Off
switch is in the rest (or neutral) position.
STATUS DEFINITION
“LIMITER”: this status indicates that the driver has used the main switch to select the
speed limiter.
“CRUISE CONTROL”: this status indicates that the driver has used the main switch to
select the cruise control.
Special notes:
NOT DETECTED If the vehicle does not have cruise control or speed limiter function buttons, status
ET042 is permanently “NOT DETECTED”. This confirms that the cruise control/speed
limiter function is not present on the vehicle.
If the vehicle is fitted with cruise control or speed limiter function buttons, the main
switch is in rest (or neutral) position and the injection computer has just been
programmed or reprogrammed, status ET042 is “NOT DETECTED”.
To activate the cruise control or speed limiter function, press the main switch in the
cruise control position and then in the speed limiter position.
Return to rest position
The tool displays status ET042: "INACTIVE".
If not, several steps must be checked:
1. Return to the multiplex network test page with the Clip application. Repeat the
multiplex network test. Re-establish dialogue with the injection computer. Check
status ET042. If ET042 is INACTIVE, the injection computer has detected the various
positions of the main switch. The cruise control/speed limiter is activated.
2. If status ET042 is “NOT DETECTED”, check that the vehicle's owner has not had the
cruise control/speed limiter function disabled in the past. Contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-166
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET042
CONTINUED 1
INACTIVE Procedure to apply for Laguna II:

When the main switch is in the rest (or neutral) position, status ET042 is INACTIVE.
If CRUISE CONTROL or SPEED LIMITER appears despite the main button being in
the rest (or neutral) position, carry out the following operations:
Check the connections of the cruise control/speed limiter main switch.
Check for + 12 V APC on the main switch connector.

– Connection code AP10 of component 1081.
Disconnect the main switch and with it in the rest position, check the insulation between:
– Connection codes AP10 and 3FX, of component 1081.
– Connection codes AP10 and 3PD, of component 1081.
Check the continuity between connections AP10 and 3PD of component 1081 in the
speed limiter position.
Check the continuity between connections AP10 and 3FX of component 1081 in the
cruise control position.
If these checks are not in order, replace the switch.
Check the insulation, continuity and absence of interference resistance on the

– Connection code 3FX,
– connection code 3PD.
Also check the engine management computer connectors.

If there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-167
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET042
CONTINUED 2
INACTIVE Procedure to apply for Mégane II and Scénic II:

When the main switch is in the rest (or neutral) position, status ET042 is INACTIVE.
If CRUISE CONTROL or SPEED LIMITER appears despite the main button being in
the rest (or neutral) position, carry out the following operations:

– Connection code AP43 of component 1081 (Mégane II)
– Connection code AP43 of component 1546 (Scénic II)
– Connection codes AP43 and 3FX of component 1081 (Mégane II)
– Connection codes AP43 and 3PD of component 1081 (Mégane II)
– Connection codes AP43 and 3FX of component 1546 (Scénic II)
– Connection codes AP43 and 3PD of component 1546 (Scénic II)
Check the continuity between connections AP43 and 3PD of component 1081
(Mégane II) and component 1546 (Scénic II) in the speed limiter position.
Check the continuity between connections AP43 and 3FX of component 1081
(Mégane II) and component 1546 (Scénic II) in the cruise control position.
If these checks are not in order, replace the switch.
Check the insulation, continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the
Between components 1081 and 120 (Mégane II)
Between components 1546 and 120 (Scénic II)

MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-168
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET042
CONTINUED 3
SPEED LIMITER Procedure to apply for Laguna II:

When the driver presses the main switch in the speed limiter position, status ET042
becomes SPEED LIMITER.
If CRUISE CONTROL or INACTIVE appears although the switch was pressed in the
speed limiter position, carry out the following operations:
Check for +12 V after ignition feed on the main switch connector.
● Connection code AP10, of component 1081.
● Connection codes AP10 and 3FX, of component 1081.
● Connection codes AP10 and 3PD, of component 1081.
– Check the continuity between connections AP10 and 3PD of component 1081 in
the speed limiter position.
– Check the continuity between connections AP10 and 3FX of component 1081 in
the cruise control position.
If these checks show incorrect values, replace the main switch.
● Connection code 3FX,
● Connection code 3PD,

If there is a repair method (see Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring,
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-169
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET042
CONTINUED 4
SPEED LIMITER Procedure to apply for Mégane II and Scénic II:

When the driver presses the main switch in the speed limiter position, status ET042
becomes SPEED LIMITER.
If CRUISE CONTROL or INACTIVE appears although the driver pressed the switch in
the speed limiter position, carry out the following operations:
● Connection code AP43 of component 1081 (Mégane II).
● Connection code AP43 of component 1546 (Scénic II).
● Connection code AP43 and 3FX, of component 1081 (Mégane II).
● Connection code AP43 and 3PD, of component 1081 (Mégane II).
● Connection code AP43 and 3FX, of component 1546 (Scénic II).
● Connection code AP43 and 3PD, of component 1546 (Scénic II).
– Check the continuity between connections AP43 and 3PD of component 1081
– Check the continuity between connections AP43 and 3FX of component 1081
● Connection code 3PD,
between components 1081 and 120 (Mégane II).
between components 1546 and 120 (Scénic II).

If there is a repair procedure (See Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair,
Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace the wiring.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-170
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET042
CONTINUED 5
CRUISE CONTROL Procedure to apply for Laguna II:

When the driver presses the main button in the cruise control position, status ET042
becomes “CRUISE CONTROL”.
If “SPEED LIMITER” or “INACTIVE” appears although the driver pressed the switch in
the cruise control position, carry out the following operations:

– Connection code AP10 of component 1081.
Disconnect the switch and when it is in the rest position, check the insulation between:
– Connection codes AP10 and 3FX, of component 1081.
– Connection codes AP10 and 3PD, of component 1081.
– Check the continuity between connections AP10 and 3PD of component 1081 in the
speed limiter position.
– Check the continuity between connections AP10 and 3FX of component 1081 in the
cruise control position.

MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-171
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET042
CONTINUED 6
CRUISE CONTROL Procedure to apply for Mégane II and Scénic II:

When the driver presses the main switch in the cruise control position, status ET042
becomes CRUISE CONTROL.
If SPEED LIMITER or INACTIVE appears although the driver pressed the switch in the
cruise control position, carry out the following operations:
● Connection code AP43 of component 1081 (Mégane II).
● Connection code AP43 of component 1546 (Scénic II).
Disconnect the switch and when it is in the rest position, check the insulation between:
● Connection code AP43 and 3FX, of component 1081 (Mégane II).
● Connection code AP43 and 3PD, of component 1081 (Mégane II).
● Connection code AP43 and 3FX, of component 1546 (Scénic II).
● Connection code AP43 and 3PD, of component 1546 (Scénic II).
– Check the continuity between connections AP43 and 3PD of component 1081
– Check the continuity between connections AP43 and 3FX of component 1081
● connection code 3PD.
Between components 1081 and 120 (Mégane II).
Between components 1546 and 120 (Scénic II).

MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-172
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
STARTING
ET076
“PROHIBITED”, this status indicates that starting is not possible.

STATUS DEFINITION
“AUTHORISED”, this status indicates that starting is possible.
Special notes:
AUTHORISED Starting the vehicle is authorised when the UCH authorises starting.
Status ET076 changes to "AUTHORISED" if the vehicle cards are recognised and the
engine immobiliser is inactive.
PROHIBITED If the card is not recognised by the UCH, starting the vehicle is prohibited.
Status ET076 is “PROHIBITED” and the vehicle cannot be started.
Run fault finding on the UCH and refer to the Technical Note for the vehicle to deal with
any faults (see 87B, Passenger compartment connection unit).
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-173
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
IMPACT DETECTED
ET077
“NO”: This status indicates that the airbag computer has not detected an impact.
STATUS DEFINITION
“YES”: This status indicates that the airbag computer has detected an impact.
Special notes:
Only perform these tests if the statuses do not correspond with the system
NOTES programming functions.
This signal is transmitted by the airbag computer via the multiplex network.
NO In normal operation conditions, status ET077 is "NO" if the computer has received no
impact signal.
YES If the vehicle has had an accident, the injection computer receives the impact signal via
the multiplex network and may switch off the ignition. Status ET077 is YES.
Switch off the ignition for 1 minute then switch on the ignition again so the engine can
be started.
Carry out a multiplex network test and deal with any faults.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-174
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
REQUEST TO START COMPRESSOR
ET088
“ACTIVE”: this status indicates that the compressor is engaged.

STATUS DEFINITION
“INACTIVE”: this status indicates that the compressor is not engaged.
Special notes:
Engine running, engine coolant temperature > 80 ˚C
ACTIVE Status ET088 becomes “ACTIVE” if there has been a request for air conditioning (“AC”
or “AUTO” button pressed, with maximum cold) and if status ET004 “Air conditioning
authorisation” is “YES”.
The selection is made on the air conditioning control panel, the request for air
conditioning is transmitted to the UCH which in turn transmits the request to the
injection computer which either authorises or does not authorise compressor activation.
If the injection computer authorises compressor switch-on, it sends the compressor
switch-on request to the Protection and Switching Unit (Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only) and
status ET088 becomes “ACTIVE” (climate control).
If the vehicle is equipped with manual air conditioning, the air conditioning request is
transmitted from the air conditioning control panel to the UCH which then accepts or
does not accept the air conditioning compressor coming on depending on the operating
status of the passenger compartment fan. When the request has been accepted, the
request to switch on the compressor is transmitted to the injection computer which
either authorises or does not authorise the compressor to start.
If the injection computer authorises compressor switch-on, it sends the compressor
switch-on request to the Protection and Switching Unit (Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only) and
status ET088 becomes “ACTIVE”.
If there has been no compressor switch-on request and status ET088 remains
“ACTIVE” (see 62A, Air conditioning).
Note:
Compressor switch-on is only authorised when the engine is running.
Compressor switch-on is finally requested by the Protection and Switching
Unit (Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only).
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-175
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET088
CONTINUED
INACTIVE Status ET088 is “INACTIVE” when there has been no air conditioning request and
when compressor switch-on has not been authorised (ET004 “Air conditioning
authorisation” is “NO” or when the driver switches off the air conditioning).
If there has been no compressor on request and status ET088 remains INACTIVE
(see 62A, Air conditioning).
Note:
Switching on the compressor is only authorised when the engine is running.
Compressor switch-on is finally requested by the Protection and Switching Unit
(Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only).
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-176
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
INJECTOR CODE USE
ET104
“NO”: this status indicates that injector code use is not available.
STATUS DEFINITION “YES”: this status indicates that injector code use is available.
“FAULT”: this status indicates that there has been an injector code use fault.
Special notes:
NO Status ET104 is “NO” if the computer is not configured to interpret the IMA (individual
injector correction) codes.
Use command SC002 “Enter injector codes” (see Interpretation of commands).
YES Status ET104 is “YES” if the IMA (individual injector correction) option is activated
in the injection computer.
All the injectors have IMA codes inscribed on the bakelite body, but not all
computers use them.
In the case of a computer configured with the IMA option, the injector codes must be
entered into the injection computer in the following scenarios:
– when one or more injectors is replaced,
– when the injection computer is replaced,
– when the injection computer is reprogrammed.
If the injector codes are not programmed after these operations, fault DF276
“Injector code programming” will be present and the engine will operate in defect
mode.
DEFECTIVE Status ET104 is FAULT if the computer does not have IMA codes in the memory.
Fault DF276 “Injector code programming” is present and the engine runs in defect
mode.
If at the end of the procedure status ET104 remains FAULT, contact Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-177
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
SET NUMBER OF PASSENGER COMPARTMENT HEATING
RESISTORS
ET111
“YES”: this status indicates that the number of passenger compartment heating
resistors engaged is fixed by the injection computer.
STATUS DEFINITION
“NO”: this status indicates that the number of passenger compartment heating
resistors can be freely controlled by the UCH.
Special notes:
YES Depending on the requirements of the injection system (power requirement, torque
reduction, etc.), the injection computer fixes the number of controlled passenger
compartment heating resistors (no more, no less).
Status ET111 becomes “YES” when the number of activated passenger compartment
heating resistors is fixed by the injection computer.
NO Depending on the requirements of the injection system (power requirement, torque

reduction, etc.), the injection computer fixes the number of controlled passenger
compartment heating resistors (no more, no less).
Status ET111 becomes “NO” when the number of activated passenger compartment
heating resistors can be freely controlled by the UCH.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-178
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT HEATING RESISTOR CUT-OFF
ET112
“YES”: this status indicates that the passenger compartment heating resistors are
switched off by the injection computer.
STATUS DEFINITION
“NO”: this status indicates that the passenger compartment heating resistors can be
freely controlled by the UCH.
Special notes:
YES Depending on the requirements of the injection system (power requirements, torque
reduction, etc.), the injection computer cuts off the passenger compartment heating
resistors.
Status ET112 becomes “YES” when the passenger compartment heating resistors are
cut off by the injection computer.
NO Depending on the requirements of the injection system (power requirements, torque

reduction, etc.), the injection computer cuts off the passenger compartment heating
resistors.
Status ET112 becomes “NO” when the passenger compartment heating resistors can
be freely controlled by the UCH.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-179
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20
Fault finding - Interpretation of statuses 13B
LOW-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY RELAY CONTROL
ET143
ACTIVE : This status indicates that the low-speed fan assembly relay is active.
STATUS DEFINITION
INACTIVE : This status indicates that the low-speed fan assembly relay is inactive.
If the vehicle is fitted with air conditioning, the fan assembly electrical circuit contains
2 relays. The fan speed 1 relay will be actuated when the engine coolant temperature
exceeds 96˚ and will cool the engine as long as the engine coolant temperature does
NOTES
not exceed 99˚.
If the engine coolant temperature exceeds 99˚, the fan speed 2 relay will be actuated
and the engine cooling fan will run more quickly.
ACTIVE When the coolant reaches 96 ˚C, the diesel computer actuates the low speed fan relay
and status ET143 becomes “ACTIVE”.
The relay then supplies the fan assembly and the cooling fan begins to turn.
Run command AC038 Low-speed fan assembly relay and check visually that the
cooling fan is turning.
If this is not the case, carry out the following operations:
– check the condition of the FM15 (60A) fuse and the motor relay R09,
– disconnect the low-speed and high-speed relays, check their operation and the
condition of the connections.
– repair if necessary,
– check for a + 12 V feed on connection 3FB of the low speed relay when it is actuated
then check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection
3JN between components 120 and 597.
If the connection or connections are defective and there is a repair method (see
Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair),
repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
INACTIVE If the engine coolant temperature is lower than 96 ˚C, the engine cooling fan should not
switch on and the low-speed fan relay should not be actuated.
Status ET143 becomes “INACTIVE” when the control relay and the engine cooling fan
are not supplied.
EDC16_V18_ET143/EDC16_V1C_ET143/EDC16_V20_ET143
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-180
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20
Fault finding - Interpretation of statuses 13B
HIGH-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY RELAY CONTROL
ET144
ACTIVE : This status indicates that the low-speed fan assembly relay is active.
STATUS DEFINITION
INACTIVE : This status indicates that the low-speed fan assembly relay is inactive.
ACTIVE When the coolant reaches 99 ˚C, the diesel computer actuates the high speed fan relay
and status ET144 becomes “ACTIVE”.
The relay then supplies the fan assembly and the cooling fan begins to turn.
Run command AC039 High-speed fan assembly relay and visually check that the
cooling fan is turning. If this is not the case, carry out the following operations:
– check the condition of the FM15 (60A) fuse and the motor relay R10,
– disconnect the fan unit relays, check their operation and the condition of the
connections,
– repair if necessary,
– check for a + 12 V feed on connection 49B of components 597 and 262, when the
high speed relay is actuated.
Check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance on the following
connections:
– Connection codes 3JP and 49B between components 120, 957 and 262.
Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for repair),
repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
INACTIVE If the engine coolant temperature is lower than 99 ˚C, the engine cooling fan should not
switch on and the high-speed fan relay should not be actuated.
Status ET144 becomes INACTIVE when the control relay and the engine cooling fan
are not supplied.
EDC16_V18_ET144/EDC16_V1C_ET144/EDC16_V20_ET144
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-181
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
13B
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C
Fault finding - Interpretation of statuses
HEATING ELEMENTS NO. 1, 2, 3 RELAY CONTROL

ET205
ET206
ET207
“ACTIVE”: This status indicates that the control of heating element relay no. 1, no.2
and no. 3 is active.
STATUS DEFINITION
“INACTIVE”: This status indicates that the control of heating element relay no. 1, no.2
and no. 3 is inactive.
Special notes:
ACTIVE Statuses ET205, ET206, ET207 are “ACTIVE” when:

– the engine has been started,
– and the engine coolant temperature is low (< 15˚),
– and the air temperature is low (< 5˚).
This program allows the engine coolant to be heated and to enable the passenger
compartment to be heated.
To control the operation of the heating element relay, run the following commands:
– AC063 Heating element no.1 relay.
– AC064 Heating element no.2 relay.
– AC031 “Heating element relay no.3”.
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of the fault:

– DF032 “Heating element no. 1 relay control circuit”
INACTIVE Statuses ET205, ET206, ET207 are “INACTIVE” when the ignition is on and the engine
stopped, or when the engine is warm.
EDC16_V50_ET205/EDC16_V58_ET205/EDC16_V5C_ET205/EDC16_V18_ET205/EDC16_V1C_ET205/EDC16_V20_ET205/
EDC16_V50_ET206/EDC16_V58_ET206/EDC16_V5C_ET206/EDC16_V18_ET206/EDC16_V1C_ET206/EDC16_V20_ET206/
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-182
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Interpretation of statuses 13B
SYNCHRONISATION
ET238
“Complete”: This status indicates that synchronisation is complete.

STATUS DEFINITION
“Not complete”: This status indicates that synchronisation is not complete.
Special notes:
WARNING
Synchronisation is carried out during the engine starting phase. This is established between the camshaft position
sensor and the Top Dead Centre sensor.
Once this synchronisation has been carried out, it enables the computer to identify cylinder no. 1 and to calculate
the precise position of the cylinder's Top Dead Centre.
COMPLETED Synchronisation is carried out during the engine starting phase.

Cylinder no.1 is indicated and the synchronisation will be performed once the engine is
started.
Status ET238 is “COMPLETED”.
If after several attempts to start the engine, status ET238 remains “NOT COMPLETED”,
refer to the interpretation of the following faults:
– DF005 Engine speed sensor circuit.
– DF097 Camshaft sensor circuit.
If the engine does not start, consult ALP2 “Starting faults” (see Fault finding chart).
NOT PERFORMED When the engine is stopped but the ignition switched on, cylinder no. 1 is no longer
indicated.
Status ET238 is NOT PERFORMED, no synchronisation between the crankshaft and
the camshaft has been carried out.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-183
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
IMMOBILISER CODE PROGRAMMED
ET341
“YES”: This status indicates that the immobiliser code has been programmed.
STATUS DEFINITION
“NO”: This status indicates that the immobiliser code has not been programmed.
Special notes:
YES Status ET341 becomes “YES” if dialogue is established between the UCH and the
injection computer and the card code is recognised.
Authorisation to start the engine is only given if the code is recognised by the UCH
computer and status ET003 “Immobiliser” is “INACTIF”
NO The code remains “NO” if dialogue between the UCH and the injection computer is not
possible. Status ET003 “Immobiliser” is “ACTIVE”.
The cause of the malfunction may be incorrect programming of the cards (see 87B,
Passenger compartment connection unit); in this case, refer to the Technical Note
for the UCH and apply the card programming procedure.
If it is not caused by the card codes, carry out a multiplex network test (if the previous
fault finding check was by function), and check that dialogue is established between the
UCH, the Protection and Switching Unit and the injection computer.
If dialogue is not established, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$504.mif
V7
13B-184
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH
ET405
“Inactive”: this status indicates that the switch is released.

STATUS DEFINITION
“Active”: this status indicates that the switch is pressed.
Special notes:
Only perform these tests if the statuses do not correspond with the system
NOTES
The clutch pedal is present depending on the gearbox type.
ACTIVE and clutch Check the condition and fitting of the clutch pedal switch,
pedal released Remove the clutch pedal switch and check that it is functioning correctly.
Continuity between Insulation between
connections connections
Switch pressed (Clutch
MAM and 86D
pedal released)
Switch released (Clutch
MAM and 86D
pedal depressed)
Replace the switch if necessary.
INACTIVE and Check the condition and fitting of the clutch pedal switch,
clutch pedal Check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance on connection 86D
depressed between components 120 and 675.
Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring, Wiring: Precautions for
repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Check for an earth on connection MAM of the clutch switch.
Remove the clutch pedal switch and check that it is functioning correctly.
Switch pressed (Clutch
MAM and 86D
pedal released)
Switch released (Clutch
MAM and 86D
pedal depressed)
Replace the clutch pedal switch if necessary.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-185
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER DEACTIVATION
ET415
Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the statuses do not correspond with the system operation
programming.
Note:
Cruise control can be activated when the vehicle speed exceeds 20 mph (30 km/h).
Status ET415 shows various factors that cause deactivation of the cruise control/speed limiter function, due to a
driver request or the external environment (eg. STATUS 1).
IMPORTANT:
Clear the fault memory by running command RZ007 Fault memory, to reset this status to WITHOUT.
NONE This status is present on the diagnostic tool if:

the computer has been reinitialised,
the computer has been reprogrammed.
STATUS 1 Traction control request
If the vehicle is fitted with a traction control system, the cruise control function is
deactivated every time the ABS computer calls for traction control.
Status ET415 becomes STATUS 1 when driving, with cruise control active (ET042:
Cruise control/Speed limiter: CRUISE CONTROL) and upon a traction control
request.
This deactivates cruise control.
Reinitialise status ET415 on the injection computer by running command RZ007
“Fault memory”.
If status ET415 becomes STATUS 1 without a traction control request (see 38C, ABS).
STATUS 2 Brake pedal depressed
The cruise control function is deactivated when the brake pedal is depressed.
Status ET415 becomes "STATUS 2" when driving with cruise control active (ET042
Cruise control/Speed limiter: CRUISE CONTROL) and the brake pedal is depressed.
“Fault memory”.
If status ET415 becomes STATUS 2 without pressing the brake pedal, consult the
interpretation of statuses ET704 and ET705 Brake contact No 1 and No 2.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-186
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET415
CONTINUED 1
STATUS 3 Clutch pedal depressed
Manual gearbox ONLY

The cruise control function is deactivated when the gearbox is not coupled to the engine
(clutch pedal depressed).
Status ET415 becomes STATUS 3 when driving with cruise control active (ET042
Cruise control/speed limiter: CRUISE CONTROL) and the clutch pedal is depressed.
“Fault memory”.
If status ET415 becomes STATUS 3 without the clutch pedal being depressed, consult
the interpretation of status ET405: “Clutch pedal”.
If the vehicle is fitted with automatic transmission:
Carry out a multiplex network test, check the configuration of the multiplex network
according to the vehicle's technical definition and, in particular, the automatic gearbox
computer configuration (see 88B, Multiplex).
STATUS 4 Cancel button pressed
The cruise control/speed limiter function is deactivated each time the suspend button is
pressed.
Status ET415 becomes STATUS 4, when driving when:
– Either the cruise control is active, or
– the speed limiter is active
– and the driver presses the 0 button.
This action deactivates the Cruise control/Speed limiter.
“Fault memory”.
If status ET415 becomes STATUS 4 without pressing the 0 button, refer to the
interpretation of status ET703 Cruise control/speed limiter buttons and test the R/0
control button located on the right-hand side of the steering wheel.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-187
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET415
CONTINUED 2
STATUS 5 Cruise control or speed limiter monitoring
This status appears when the vehicle brakes or decelerates sharply without the injection
computer receiving a signal indicating that the brake pedal switch has been pressed.
If status ET415 is STATUS 5, refer to the interpretation of:
– of status ET042 Cruise control/speed limiter,
– of status ET703 Cruise control/speed limiter buttons,
– of status ET704 Brake contact no. 1,
– and status ET705 Brake contact No 2,
to test the cruise control/speed limiter system components and find the defective
component.
Also check the operation of the accelerator pedal, and check for any faults on the
diagnostic tool relating to this component. Deal with them if necessary.
“Fault memory”.
If status ET415 changes to “STATUS 5”, deal with present faults or those stored in the
injection computer.
If the fault is still present, contact Techline.
STATUS 6 Gear lever in neutral (manual gearbox) or the neutral position (automatic
gearbox)
Status ET415 becomes STATUS 6 when driving with cruise control active (ET042
“Cruise control/speed limiter”: CRUISE CONTROL) and:
– If the driver puts the gear lever in neutral position on a manual gearbox without
declutching or,
– if the gear lever is in neutral on an automatic gearbox.
“Fault memory”.
If status ET415 becomes STATUS 6 without shifting the gear lever into neutral on a
manual gearbox without declutching, or into neutral on an automatic transmission, test
the ABS computer and check the configuration of the tyre size stored in the computer. If
the configuration is correct, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-188
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET415
CONTINUED 3
STATUS 7 Inconsistency between the request and the vehicle speed
Status ET415 changes to STATUS 7 if the computer detects too great a difference
between the speed requested by the driver and the vehicle speed.
This could occur when driving with cruise control active (ET042 Cruise control/ speed
limiter: CRUISE CONTROL) and when there is a significant difference.
This inconsistency deactivates cruise control.
“Fault memory”.
If status ET415 changes to STATUS 7 where there is no significant difference in the
levels, contact the Techline.
STATUS 8 Automatic transmission in defect mode.
Status ET415 becomes STATUS 8 when driving with the cruise control active (ET042
Cruise control/speed limiter: CRUISE CONTROL) and the automatic transmission is
in defect mode.
This signal is conveyed on the multiplex line and deactivates the cruise control.
Carry out a multiplex network test, then run fault finding on the automatic transmission
computer.
Deal with any present or stored faults (see 23A, Automatic transmission,
interpretation of faults).
Clear the automatic transmission computer fault memory by running command RZ007
“Fault memory”.
“Fault memory”.
If STATUS 8 is still present, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-189
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET415
CONTINUED 4
STATUS 9 Vehicle speed monitoring
Status ET415 changes to STATUS 9 if the vehicle speed received by the computer is
invalid or absent.
Carry out a multiplex network test, then Perform fault finding on the ABS computer.
Deal with any present or stored faults (see 38C, Anti-lock braking system,
interpretation of faults).
“Fault memory”.
If status 9 continues, contact the Techline.
STATUS 10 Monitoring by injection computer
Status ET415 becomes “STATUS 10” when driving with cruise control active (ET042
“Cruise control/speed limiter”: CRUISE CONTROL) if the injection computer detects
a fault anywhere in the engine management system, or an engine speed that is too high
or too low.
Carry out a multiplex network test, then Perform fault finding on the injection computer.
Deal with present or stored faults.
“Fault memory”.
If status 10 continues, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-190
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
EGR PROGRAMMING CUT-OFF
ET651
STATUS DEFINITION This status indicates the EGR valve programming cut-off.
Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the status does not correspond with the system
NONE No EGR cut-off, the EGR valve is working properly in accordance with the
computer programs.
STATUS 1, 5, 6, 7, 9, Switch off the ignition and wait 1 minute.

10, 12, 13, 15, 19 Switch the ignition on and check for faults.
23, 24 Check the engine battery voltage with the engine switched off and the engine running.
If no faults are present or stored, restart the vehicle and test at idle speed.
Do not accelerate too much and reach an engine speed that is too high.
STATUS 3, 14, 16 Accelerate above idle speed for a few seconds.
STATUS 2 Check that the clutch pedal (ET405 “Clutch pedal switch”) is not pressed and that the
vehicle has stopped completely.
STATUS 4, 17 Test the present and stored faults and repair.
STATUS 8 Reset the EGR offsets by referring to the interpretation of command SC036
“Reinitialise programming” and select “EGR valve”.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-191
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET651
CONTINUED
STATUS 11, 22 Allow the engine to heat up until this cut-off disappears.
STATUS 18 Check that the regeneration of the particle filter in progress has completely finished.
STATUS 20 Allow the engine to cool until this cut-off disappears.
STATUS 21 Too low atmospheric pressure, the EGR valve is disabled.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-192
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER BUTTONS
ET703
Special notes:
NOTES Carry out these checks if the statuses do not correspond with system operation
programming.
INACTIVE Status ET703 becomes INACTIVE when none of the cruise control/speed limiter
buttons are pressed. These buttons are located on the steering wheel.
To carry out the checks and measurements in complete safety, follow the instructions for
removing the driver's front airbag (see MR 364 (Mégane II), 372 (Scénic II) or 395
(Laguna II), Mechanical, 88C, Airbag and pretensioners, Driver's front airbag,
removal-refitting).
If status ET703 does not display INACTIVE,
– check the condition of the cruise control/speed limiter +/- button and the condition of
its connector.
– check the condition of the cruise control/speed limiter R/0 button and the condition of
its connector.
INCREASE Status ET703 becomes PLUS when the cruise control/speed limiter + button is pressed.
This button is on the steering wheel, on the left-hand side.
If status ET703 does not display PLUS, check the condition of the cruise control/speed
limiter +/- button, and the condition of its connector. Repair if necessary.
removal-refitting).
Measure the resistance of the following connections while pressing the “+” button
(on the button tracks):
– Connection code 86G, of component 331.
– Connection code 86M of component 331.
If the resistance is not approximately 300 Ω, check the continuity of the connection
when the button is not pressed.
If there is continuity, replace the +/- control button.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-193
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET703
CONTINUED 1
DECREASE Status ET703 becomes “MINUS” when the cruise control/speed limiter “-” button is
pressed. This button is on the steering wheel, on the left-hand side.
If status ET703 does not change to MINUS, check the condition of the cruise control/
speed limiter +/- button, and the condition of its connector. Repair if necessary.
removal-refitting).
Measure the resistance of the following connection whilst pressing the “-” button
● Connection code 86G, of component 331.
● Connection code 86M of component 331.
when the button is in rest position.
If there is continuity, replace the +/- control button.
Wiring: Repair precautions), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
SUSPEND Status ET703 becomes SUSPEND when the cruise control/speed limiter 0 button is
pressed. This button is located on the steering wheel, to the right.
If status ET703 does not change to SUSPEND, check the condition of the cruise
control/speed limiter R/0 button, and the condition of its connector.
removal-refitting).
Measure the resistance of the following connection whilst pressing the 0 button
If the resistance is not approximately 0Ω, replace the R/0 control button.
If there is continuity, replace the R/0 control button.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-194
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET703
CONTINUED 2
RESUME Status ET703 becomes RESUME when the cruise control/speed limiter R button is
pressed. This button is located on the steering wheel, to the right.
If status ET703 does not change to RESUME, check the condition of the cruise control/
speed limiter R/0 button, and the condition of its connector. Repair if necessary.
removal-refitting).
Measure the resistance of the following connection whilst pressing the R button
when the button is in rest position.
If there is continuity, replace the R/0 control button.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-195
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
BRAKE SWITCH NO. 1
ET704 BRAKE SWITCH NO. 2
ET705
Special note:
NOTES Statuses ET704 and ET705 should change status at the same time. In the event of
inconsistency, consult the interpretation of fault DF050 Brake switch circuit.
ACTIVE If the brake lights are working:

or check the continuity and make sure there is no interference resistance on the following
INACTIVE connection:
Connection code 5A between components 160 and 120/645/119.
If the brake lights are not operational, check:
– the condition and fitting of the brake switch,
– the condition and conformity of the brake lights fuse,
– the conformity of the values in the following table:
disconnect the switch and carry out the following checks:
for Mégane II and Scénic II with ESP
Switch pressed
5A and BPT 65G and SP17
(Brake pedal released)
Switch released
65G and SP17 5A and BPT
(Brake pedal depressed)
for Mégane II and Scénic II without ESP:
Switch pressed
5A and BPT 65A and SP17
Switch released
65A and SP17 5A and BPT
For Laguna II:
Switch pressed
5A and SP13 65A and AP10
Switch released
65A and AP10 5A and SP13
Replace the switch if the values obtained are not correct
EDC16_V50_ET704/EDC16_V58_ET704/EDC16_V5C_ET704/EDC16_V50_ET705/EDC16_V58_ET705/EDC16_V5C_ET705/
EDC16_V18_ET704/EDC16_V1C_ET704/EDC16_V20_ET704/EDC16_V18_ET705/EDC16_V1C_ET705/EDC16_V20_ET705
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-196
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
STORED ENGINE STATUS NO. 1
ET706
ET707
ET708 STORED ENGINE STATUS NO. 3
ET713
ET714
These statuses indicate the recorded engine status for failed regenerations when
STATUS DEFINITION
driving.
Special notes:
Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system
NOTES operation programming.
These statuses should only be interpreted if DF312 “Speed request” is present or
stored.
This status shows the stored engine status during a regeneration failure when driving:
NONE, + AFTER IGNITION, RUNNING, STOPPED.
Each STATUS between ET706 and ET715 corresponds to regeneration failures for which the mileage is recorded
from PR794 Stored regeneration failure no. 1 to PR803 Stored regeneration failure no. 10 (for example,
PR797 Stored regeneration failure no. 4 is related to ET709 Stored engine status no. 4).
EDC16_V18_ET706/EDC16_V1C_ET706/EDC16_V20_ET706/EDC16_V18_ET707/EDC16_V1C_ET707/EDC16_V20_ET707/
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-197
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET706
ET707
ET708
ET709
ET710
ET711
ET712
ET713
ET714
ET715
CONTINUED
RUNNING If the STATUS is “RUNNING”, regeneration failed because:

– the customer's driving did not generate enough heat,
– an engine management system component is faulty.
STOPPED If the STATUS is “STOPPED”, regeneration failed because the engine was switched off.
NONE No failed regeneration is present.
+ APC POWER LATCH
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-198
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
STORED REGEN.* REQUEST STATUS NO. 1
ET742
ET743
ET744 STORED REGEN.* REQUEST STATUS NO. 3
ET749
ET750
Statuses ET742 to ET751 correspond to the causes of the regeneration request. They
are associated with parameters PR816 “Stored regeneration start No. 1” to PR825
STATUS DEFINITION “Stored regeneration start No. 10” which contain the record of the vehicle mileage at
the start of regeneration (eg. PR745 “Stored regeneration start No. 4” is associated
with “ET709 Stored regeneration request status no. 4”).
Special note:
NOTES These statuses should only be interpreted for ALP9: Particle filter warning light
comes on too frequently.
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-199
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ET742
ET743
ET744
ET745
ET746
ET747
ET748
ET749
ET750
ET751
CONTINUED
STATUS1 Request by weight of soot

Regeneration has been requested following measurement of the maximum weight of
soot in the particle filter, without the particle filter warning light coming on.
STATUS2 Request by estimated weight of soot

Regeneration has been requested following an estimate of the maximum weight of soot
in the particle filter, without the particle filter warning light coming on.
STATUS3 Request by distance travelled

Regeneration has been requested as the distance travelled since the last successful
regeneration has reached the maximum authorised value (the particle filter warning light
has not come on).
STATUS4 Request by number of failed regenerations or soot weight

This status corresponds to the appearance of DF312 “Speed request”.
This corresponds to the maximum number of failed regenerations or to the maximum
weight of soot in the particle filter, with the particle filter warning light coming on.
* REGEN: Regeneration
MR-397-X74-13B100$540.mif
V7
13B-200
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Parameter summary table 13B
Tool parameter Diagnostic tool title
PR002 Alternator charge
PR005 EGR valve opening setpoint
PR006 Rail pressure regulator current
PR007 Rail pressure regulator current setpoint
PR008 Rail reference pressure
PR009 Turbocharging pressure setpoint
PR011 Turbocharging solenoid valve position sensor
PR015 Engine torque
PR016 Alternator flow (Vdiag 50, 58, 5C only)
PR017 Fuel flow
PR022 EGR valve position feedback loop difference
PR030 Accelerator pedal position
PR035 Atmospheric pressure
PR037 Refrigerant pressure
PR038 Rail pressure
PR041 Turbocharging pressure
PR043 Heating element power authorised
PR045 Power requested by thermoplungers
PR047 Turbocharging pressure *OCR
PR048 Refrigerant pressure regulation valve *OCR
PR051 EGR valve position feedback
PR053 Engine speed requested by air conditioning
PR055 Engine speed
PR058 Inlet air temperature (Vdiag 18, 1C and 20 only)
PR059 Inlet air temperature (Vdiag 50, 58 and 5C only)
* OCR: Opening cyclic ratio
MR-397-X74-13B100$576.mif
V7
13B-201
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR061 Exterior air temperature
PR064 Coolant temperature
PR066 Oil temperature
PR071 Computer feed voltage
PR073 Air flowmeter feed voltage
PR076 Refrigerant sensor voltage
PR077 EGR valve position sensor voltage
PR079 Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage
PR080 Rail pressure sensor voltage
PR083 Air temperature sensor voltage
PR084 Coolant temperature sensor voltage
PR085 Oil temperature sensor voltage
PR089 Vehicle speed
PR128 First EGR valve offset
PR129 Last EGR valve offset
PR130 Cruise control setpoint
PR131 EGR air flow variation
PR132 Air flow
PR146 Inlet air flow
PR147 Pedal potentiometer voltage gang 1
PR148 Pedal potentiometer voltage gang 2
PR157 Fuel flow setpoint
PR171 Air flow setpoint for EGR
PR190 Idle speed setpoint
PR209 Turbocharging pressure loop difference
PR213 Rail pressure loop difference
MR-397-X74-13B100$576.mif
V7
13B-202
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR358 Sensor reference voltage
PR364 Cylinder no. 1 fuel correction
PR365 Cylinder no. 4 fuel flow correction
PR381 Particle filter downstream temperature
PR382 Particle filter upstream temperature
PR383 Weight of soot in the particle filter
PR385 Exhaust pipe flow
PR391 Mileage since particle filter replacement
PR412 Mileage since last successful regeneration
PR414 Particle filter differential pressure
PR415 Time since last regeneration
PR417 Damper valve OCR*
PR420 Damper valve error counter
PR667 Turbine upstream temperature
PR668 Turbine upstream temperature sensor voltage
PR672 Damper valve position setpoint
PR754 Supplier no. 1 signal
PR784 Stored DF312 no. 1
MR-397-X74-13B100$576.mif
V7
13B-203
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR794 Stored regeneration failure no. 1
PR803 Stored regeneration failure no.10
PR816 Stored regeneration start no. 1
PR825 Stored regeneration start no.10
PR1012 Weight of soot after regeneration
MR-397-X74-13B100$576.mif
V7
13B-204
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Interpretation of parameters 13B
ALTERNATOR CHARGE
PR002
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the alternator charge value in %.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES Only perform these tests if the parameters do not correspond with the system
operation programming.
Conformity check with the engine stopped and the ignition on, or with the engine running and the engine
coolant temperature > 80˚C.
The alternator charge value varies according to the battery voltage.
AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16_V50_PR002/EDC16_V58_PR002/EDC16_V5C_PR002/EDC16_V18_PR002/EDC16_V1C_PR002/EDC16_V20_PR002
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-205
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
EGR VALVE OPENING VALUE REQUIRED
PR005
PARAMETER This parameter indicates a theoretical opening value for the EGR valve giving optimum
DEFINITION engine performance.
Special notes:
The EGR valve theoretical opening value for operation with the engine stopped and ignition on is:
- 10 < PR005 < 0%.
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of fault DF272 EGR control circuit.
Conformity check with the engine running and engine coolant temperature > 80˚C.
The theoretical EGR valve opening value for operation with the engine running and the engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C is 10 < PR005 < 40%.
If there is a fault, refer to the interpretation of fault DF272 EGR control circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-206
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
RAIL PRESSURE REGULATOR CURRENT
PR006
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the current absorbed by the rail pressure regulator.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR006 = PR007 Rail pressure regulator current setpoint ± 5 mA

Default value: 1600 mA
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of faults DF053 Rail pressure regulation function and DF007
Rail pressure sensor circuit.
Engine running, engine coolant temperature > 80˚C.
PR006 = PR007 Rail pressure regulator current setpoint ± 5 mA

In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-207
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
RAIL PRESSURE REGULATOR CURRENT SETPOINT
PR007
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the current setpoint absorbed by the rail pressure regulator.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
395 mA < PR007 < 405 mA

1350 mA < PR007 < 1450 mA

MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-208
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
RAIL REFERENCE PRESSURES
PR008
PARAMETER This parameter indicates the theoretical pressure value for optimum engine operation
DEFINITION in bar.
Special notes:
The theoretical rail pressure value is a setpoint of:

200 bar < PR008 < 300 bar.
The theoretical rail pressure value is a setpoint of:

220 bar < PR008 < 320 bar.
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF053 Rail pressure regulator function.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-209
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE SETPOINTS
PR009
PARAMETER This parameter indicates the theoretical turbocharging pressure setpoint value
DEFINITION in bar.
Special notes:
coolant temperature > 80˚C
The theoretical turbocharging pressure value is a setpoint of:

Pressure ≈ 1 bar
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-210
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE POSITION CORRECTION
PR011
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the turbocharging solenoid valve position correction in %.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
This value must be PR011 < 5%.

The Opening Cyclic Ratio should be identical to the correction of the solenoid valve position
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-211
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ENGINE TORQUE
PR015
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the engine torque in Nm.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
The value must be between 20 N.m. < PR015 < 40 N.m.

This parameter is only valid when the engine is running.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-212
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALTERNATOR FLOW
PR016
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the alternator flow in mA.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
Ignition on: PR016 = 0 mA

In the event of a fault, check the charge circuit.
Conformity check with engine running, engine coolant temperature > 80 ˚C.
Engine running: PR016 ≈ 1500 < PR016 < 2500 mA

With consumers: PR016 ≈ 2500 < PR016 < 3600 mA
In the event of a fault, check the charge circuit.
EDC16_V50_PR016/EDC16_V58_PR016/EDC16_V5C_PR016
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-213
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
FUEL FLOW
PR017
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the fuel flow in mg/st.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
Engine running: PR017 = PR157: Fuel flow setpoint
Engine running: 0 < PR017 < 60 mg/stroke
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-214
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
EGR VALVE POSITION FEEDBACK LOOP DIFFERENCE
PR022
PARAMETER This parameter indicates the percentage difference between the setpoint and the EGR
DEFINITION valve position.
Special notes:
PR022 = PR005 EGR valve opening setpoint - PR051 EGR valve position feedback
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF118 EGR solenoid valve servo-control.
PR022 = PR005 EGR valve opening setpoint - PR051 EGR valve position feedback
At idle speed the value should be close to 0.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-215
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
PR030
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the accelerator pedal position as a percentage.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES There must be no present or stored faults.
Perform this fault finding procedure:
– after finding an inconsistency in the parameter,
– after a customer complaint (e.g. lack of power).
If no pressure is being applied to the pedal PR030 = 0%.

In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of fault DF008 Pedal potentiometer circuit gang 1 or DF009
Pedal potentiometer circuit gang 2.
Sensor electrical conformity.
repair, Wiring: Precautions for repairs), repair the wiring; otherwise replace the wiring.
Pedal sensor connected, vehicle ignition on and engine stopped:

– check the value of PR030:
0% no load,
100% full load,
138% full load after kickdown point on pedal.
– if the value is not correct, replace the pedal sensor.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-216
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
PR035
PARAMETER This parameter indicates the atmospheric pressure in mbar. The sensor is integrated in
DEFINITION the computer.
Special notes:
The default value is: 750 mbar

In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF003 Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-217
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
PR037
PARAMETER This parameter indicates the atmospheric pressure in mbar; the sensor is integrated in
DEFINITION the computer.
Special notes:
The value must be between (Vdiag 50, 58 and 5C only):

1 bar < PR037 < 27 bar
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF049 Refrigerant sensor circuit.
The value must be between (Vdiag 18, 1C and 20 only):

1 bar < PR037 < 40 bar
In the event of a fault test the multiplex network.
The value must be between (Vdiag 50, 58 and 5C only):

2 bar < PR037 < 27 bar
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF049 Refrigerant sensor circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-218
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
RAIL PRESSURE
PR038
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the rail pressure in bar.
DEFINITION
There must be no present or stored faults.

– after a customer complaint (starting problems, poor performance, stalling etc.),
NOTES – after interpretation of command AC225 Rail pressure regulator.
Special notes:
The rail pressure value is between:

0 bar < PR038 < 10 bar
Default value: 250 bar
The rail pressure value is (engine at idle speed):

PR038 =~ 315 bar
Default value: 250 bar
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-219
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR038
CONTINUED
Check the condition of the rail pressure sensor connector (see Wiring Diagram Technical Note, Vehicle,
component code 1032).
Vehicle, component code 120).
repair, wiring: precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
– connection code 3LZ.
Check that there are no external diesel leaks from the high pressure fuel circuit.
With the ignition on and the engine stopped for over 1 minute:
Display parameter PR038.
– If the pressure is below 90 bar, the sensor is in order.
– If the pressure is above 90 bar, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-220
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE
PR041
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the turbocharging pressure in mbar.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
The turbocharging pressure value is:

PR041 = PR035 Atmospheric pressure ± 10 mbar
In the event of a fault, apply the interpretation of DF004 Turbocharging pressure sensor circuit.
– connection code 3LN.
For Laguna II:
– connection code 3LN.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-221
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR041
CONTINUED
Vehicle with ignition on, and the engine stopped for over 1 minute:
Compare the values of PR041 and PR035 Atmospheric pressure.

If the difference between PR041 and PR035 Atmospheric pressure is greater than 0.1 bar,
check the value of PR035 Atmospheric pressure by comparing it with the reading on a vehicle in the workshop
which is correct.
If the value of PR035 Atmospheric pressure is not correct (difference greater than 0.1 bar between
the 2 vehicles), contact the Techline.
Otherwise (when the value PR035 Atmospheric pressure is correct), change the turbocharging pressure sensor.
If the difference between PR041 and PR035 Atmospheric pressure is less than 0.1 bar.
Start the engine, with the engine idling:
Compare the values of PR041 and PR035 Atmospheric pressure.
If the difference between PR041 and PR035 Atmospheric pressure is greater than 0.2 bar.
Check the air inlet circuit:
absence of leaks or blockages in the low and high pressure air circuit: ducts, presence and tightness of the
mounting clips, mounting of the turbocharger pressure sensor, intercooler, etc.
Check that the damper valve is not jammed closed.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-222
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBOCHARGER PRESSURE OCR*
PR047
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the turbocharger pressure opening cyclic ratio as a %.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
The value must be between 60% < PR047 < 90%.

This value must be PR047 < 5%.

MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-223
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
RAIL PRESSURE REGULATION VALVE OCR*
PR048
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the turbocharger pressure opening cyclic ratio in %.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
The value must be between 35% < PR048 < 45%

Engine stopped, ignition on.
The value must be PR048 = 15%.

In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of faults DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit and DF053 Rail
pressure regulation function.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-224
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
EGR VALVE POSITION FEEDBACK
PR051
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the EGR valve opening ratio.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES
– after a customer complaint (loss of power, smoke etc.).
– after interpretation of command AC103 EGR by-pass.
The value must be between - 10% < PR051 < 0%.

The value must be between 10% < PR051 < 40%.

MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-225
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
SPEED REQUESTED BY HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING
PR053
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the engine's speed of rotation with air conditioning in rpm.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
The engine speed requested by the air conditioning is increased and fluctuates around 875 rpm.
This parameter is only valid when the engine has been started.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-226
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ENGINE SPEED
PR055
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the engine's rotational speed in rpm.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
With the ignition on the value is: PR055 = 0 rpm.

In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation for fault DF005 Engine speed sensor circuit.
With the engine idling, the value is approximately 800 rpm.

In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation for fault DF005 Engine speed sensor circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-227
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE
PR058
PR059
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the inlet air temperature in ˚C.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES
With the ignition on the inlet air temperature varies according to the exterior temperature.
Default value: 20˚C
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation for DF039 Inlet air temperature circuit sensor
Parameter PR059 ≈ PR064 Coolant temperature cold engine.
With the engine running at idle speed the inlet air temperature varies according to the engine coolant temperature.
Default value: 20˚C
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation for DF039 Inlet air temperature circuit sensor
EDC16_V50_PR058/EDC16_V58_PR058/EDC16_V5C_PR058/EDC16_V50_PR059/EDC16_V58_PR059/EDC16_V5C_PR059/
EDC16_V18_PR058/EDC16_V1C_PR058/EDC16_V20_PR058/EDC16_V18_PR059/EDC16_V1C_PR059/EDC16_V20_PR059
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-228
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR058
PR059
CONTINUED
With the flowmeter disconnected, check the insulation to earth of connection 3FB of component 799.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply of connection 3B between components 120 and 799.
Measure the resistance between connections 3ABQ and 3DW of component 799.
Replace the air flowmeter if the resistance is not approximately:
9716 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 9689 Ω - 10˚C
5497 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 6051 Ω at + 0˚C
3553 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 3875 Ω at + 10˚C
2353 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 2544 Ω at + 20˚C
1612 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 1730 Ω at + 30˚C
1114 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 1186 Ω at + 40˚C
795 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 839 Ω at + 50˚C
568 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 598 Ω at + 60˚C
418 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 436 Ω at + 70˚C
311 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 321 Ω at + 80˚C
234 Ω < PR058 or PR059 < 242 Ω at + 90˚C
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-229
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
EXTERIOR AIR TEMPERATURE
PR061
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the exterior air temperature in ˚C.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES
This parameter indicates the exterior air temperature in ˚C.

This parameter is controlled by the UCH and transmitted to the injection on the multiplex network.
Default value = 20˚C
In the event of a fault, consult the UCH (see 87B, Passenger compartment connection unit).
EDC16_V50_PR061/EDC16_V58_PR061/EDC16_V5C_PR061
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-230
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
PR064
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the engine coolant temperature in ˚C.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES
With the ignition on the coolant temperature varies according to the exterior temperature.
Safe value: 119˚C
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF001 Coolant temperature sensor circuit.
Parameter PR059: Inlet air temperature ≈ PR064 cold engine.
With the engine running at idle speed the coolant temperature varies according to the engine temperature.
Safe value: 119˚C
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of DF001 Coolant temperature sensor circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-231
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR064
CONTINUED
– connection code 3C,
– connection code 3JK.
If the connection or connections are faulty and there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical
wiring repair, Wiring: Precautions for repair), repair the wiring, otherwise replace it.
Measure the resistance between connections 3C and 3JK of component 244.

Replace the sensor if the resistance is not:
11332 Ω < PR064 < 13588 Ω at - 10˚C
2140 Ω < PR064 < 2364 Ω at + 25˚C
772 Ω < PR064 < 850 Ω at + 50˚C
275 Ω < PR064 < 291 Ω at + 80˚C
112 Ω < PR064 < 118 Ω at + 110˚C
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-232
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PR071
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the computer supply voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
The voltage must be between 9 V < PR071 < 16 V.

In the event of a fault, carry out a fault finding procedure on the charging circuit and refer to the interpretation for
DF047 Computer supply voltage.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-233
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AIR FLOWMETER FEED VOLTAGE
PR073
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the air flowmeter feed voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
0.5 < PR073 < 1 V

Default value: 0 V.
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of fault DF013 Sensor supply voltage no. 3.
1.5 < PR073 < 2.5 V

Default value: 0 V.
MR-397-X74-13B100$612.mif
V7
13B-234
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
REFRIGERANT SENSOR VOLTAGE
PR076
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the refrigerant sensor voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
The value should be between:

0 V < PR076 < 5 V
In the event of a fault test the multiplex network.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-235
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE
PR077
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the EGR valve position sensor voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
0.5 < PR077 < 1.5 V

Default value: 0 V.
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of fault DF012 Sensor feed voltage no. 2.
1.5 < PR077 < 2.5 V

Default value: 0 V.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-236
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTAGE
PR079
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the atmospheric pressure sensor voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
3.80 V < PR079 < 4 V

MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-237
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTAGE
PR080
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the rail pressure sensor voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
0.5 V < PR080 < 1 V

Default value: 5 V
1 V < PR080 < 1.5 V

Default value: 5 V
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-238
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE
PR083
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the air temperature sensor voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
Vdiag 50, 58, 5C:

1.90 V < PR083 < 2.90 V
Default value: 5 V
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of fault DF039 Inlet air temperature sensor circuit.
Vdiag 18, 1C, 20:

1.90 V < PR083 < 3.10 V.
Default value: 5 V.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-239
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE
PR084
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the coolant temperature sensor voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
The voltage must be between 3 V < PR084 < 4 V

Default value: 5 V
In the event of a fault, see the interpretation of DF001 Coolant temperature sensor circuit.
The voltage must be between 1 V < PR084 < 2 V

Default value: 5 V
In the event of a fault, see the interpretation of DF001 Coolant temperature sensor circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-240
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
VEHICLE SPEED
PR089
PARAMETER
Gives the vehicle speed in mph.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES
This parameter is transmitted by the ABS computer.

This signal is transmitted to the injection on the multiplex network.
In the event of a fault, test the multiplex network (see 88B, Multiplexing).
Then complete fault finding on the ABS computer (see 38C, Anti-lock braking system).
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-241
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
FIRST EGR VALVE OFFSET
PR128
PARAMETER This parameter indicates the closing ratio of the EGR valve for the first offset of the EGR
DEFINITION valve.
Special notes:

In the event of a fault, run command SC036 Reinitialise programming.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-242
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
LAST EGR VALVE OFFSET
PR129
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the EGR valve closing ratio for the last EGR valve offset.
DEFINITION
Special notes:

In the event of a fault, run command SC036 Reinitialising programming.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-243
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
CRUISE CONTROL SETPOINT
PR130
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the cruise control setpoint.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES
There must be no faults present.
– or after a customer complaint (lack of power, smoke etc.).
Indicates the cruise control cruising speed.

Cruise control can only be activated for a speed V > 18 mph (30 km/h).
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of statuses ET042 Cruise control/Speed limiter, ET556 Driver
deactivation of Cruise control/Speed limiter and ET557 Deactivation of Cruise control/Speed limiter by
function.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-244
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
EGR AIR FLOW DIFFERENCE
PR131
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the EGR air flow difference.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR131 = PR146 Inlet air flow - PR171 Air flow setpoint for EGR.
The value should be as close as possible to 0.
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of parameter DF056 Air flow sensor circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-245
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AIR FLOW
PR132
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the inlet air flow in kg/h.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES
There must be no faults present.
– or after a customer complaint (lack of power, smoke etc.).
Indicates the inlet air flow in kg/h.

0 kg/h < PR132 < 10 kg/h.
In the event of a fault, apply the interpretation of DF056 Air flow sensor circuit.
Indicates the inlet air flow in kg/h.

Approximately 30 kg/h.
In the event of a fault, apply the interpretation of DF056 Air flow sensor circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-246
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR132
CONTINUED
Test the air inlet circuit (from the air filter inlet to the inlet manifold tracts,
apply test 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check):
– air filter unit inlet not blocked and filter not clogged,
– visual inspection only, run test 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check for ALP2 Starting difficult or
impossible,
– oil vapour recirculation circuit connected correctly,
– absence of leaks or blockages in the low and high pressure air circuits: ducts, presence and tightness of the
mounting clips, mounting of the turbocharging pressure sensor, intercooler, etc.
– check that the damper valve is not jammed closed.
Check the electrical conformity of the air flowmeter:

Check the + 5 V supply to the air flowmeter on connection 3KJ between components 120 and 799.
Check the + 12 V after relay supply to the air flowmeter on connection 3B between components 120 and 799.
– connection code3DW.
With the flow meter connected, the vehicle ignition on and engine stopped:
Measure the voltage between connections 3DV and 3DV between components 120 and 799.
Replace the air flowmeter if its voltage is not approximately 0.5 V < PR073 Air flowmeter supply voltage < 0.7 V.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-247
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
INLET AIR FLOW
PR146
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the air flow entering the engine in mg/st.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
0 mg/st
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-248
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PEDAL POTENTIOMETER GANG 1 VOLTAGE
PR147
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the pedal potentiometer gang 1 voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
Accelerator pedal released: 0.70 V < PR147 < 0.80 V

In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of DF008 Pedal potentiometer circuit gang 1 or DF009 Pedal
potentiometer circuit gang 2.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-249
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PEDAL POTENTIOMETER GANG 2 VOLTAGE
PR148
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the pedal potentiometer gang 2 voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
Accelerator pedal released: 0.35 V < PR148 < 0.40 V

In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of DF008 Pedal potentiometer circuit gang 1 or DF009 Pedal
potentiometer circuit gang 2.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-250
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
FUEL FLOW SETPOINT
PR157
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the fuel flow setpoint in mg/st.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
Ignition on: 0 < PR157 <60 mg/stroke
Engine running: PR017: Fuel flow = PR157.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-251
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AIR FLOW SETPOINT FOR EGR
PR171
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the flow of air required by the EGR valve in mg/st.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
Indicates the air flow required by the EGR valve
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-252
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
IDLE SPEED SETPOINT
PR190
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the engine's rotational speed in rpm.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
With the ignition on the value is 0 rpm.

In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of fault DF005 Engine speed sensor circuit.
With the engine running at idle speed the value is approximately 800 rpm.
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of fault DF005 Engine speed sensor circuit.
The difference between the idle speed and its setpoint should be less than 50 rpm.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-253
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBOCHARGING PRESSURE LOOP DIFFERENCE
PR209
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the turbocharging pressure loop difference in bar.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR209 = PR009 Turbocharging pressure setpoint - PR041 Turbocharging pressure = ~ 0 bar

If PR209 is significant, apply the interpretation of command AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-254
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
RAIL PRESSURE LOOP DIFFERENCE
PR213
PARAMETER This parameter indicates that the fuel pressure variation is the difference between the
DEFINITION rail pressure and the rail pressure setpoint.
Special notes:
The value should be:

PR213 = PR008 Rail pressure setpoint - PR038 Rail pressure
The value should be:

PR213 = PR008 Rail pressure setpoint - PR038 Rail pressure
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of faults DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit and DF053 Rail
pressure regulation function.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-255
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
PR358
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the sensor reference voltage.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
The sensor reference voltage must be between 3.4 V < PR358 < 3.8 V.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-256
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
CYLINDER NO. 1 FUEL FLOW CORRECTION
PR364
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the cylinder's fuel flow correction in mg/st.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR364 = 0.0 mg/st.

In the event of a fault, consult test 9 Poor injector operation.
PR364 = ± 1 mg/stroke
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-257
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR365
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the cylinder's fuel flow correction in mg/st.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR365 = 0.0 mg/st.

PR365 = ± 1 mg/stroke
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-258
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PARTICLE FILTER DOWNSTREAM TEMPERATURE
PR381
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the particle filter downstream temperature in ˚C.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR381 ≈ PR382 Particle filter upstream temperature ≈ ± 200˚C.
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of faults DF309 Particle filter downstream temp* sensor and
DF310 Particle filter upstream temperature sensor.
* temp: temperature
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-259
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PARTICLE FILTER UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE
PR382
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the particle filter upstream temperature in ˚C.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR382 ≈ 200˚C
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of faults DF309 Particle filter downstream temp* sensor and
DF310 Particle filter upstream temp* sensor.
* temp: temperature
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-260
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
WEIGHT OF SOOT IN PARTICLE FILTER
PR383
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the weight of soot in the particle filter in g.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
Vdiag 50, 58, 5C:

PR383 < 45 g.
If the weight is greater than 45 g:
Refer to the interpretation of fault DF315 Particle filter differential pressure sensor.
Vdiag 18, 1C, 20:

PR383 < 56 g.
If the weight is greater than 56 g:
Refer to the interpretation of fault DF315 Particle filter differential pressure sensor.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-261
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
EXHAUST SYSTEM FLOW
PR385
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the exhaust system flow in mg/stroke.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
With the vehicle stopped, the value should be 0 m3/h.
With the engine running, the value must be between 20 m3/h < PR385 < 80 m 3/h
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-262
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DISTANCE SINCE PARTICLE FILTER REPLACEMENT
PR391
PARAMETER This parameter indicates the distance travelled since the particle filter was last replaced
DEFINITION in miles (km).
Special notes:
Indicates the mileage travelled since replacement of the particle filter.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-263
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
IDLE SPEED REQUEST BY THERMOPLUNGERS
PR403
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the idle speed requested by the thermoplungers in rpm.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR043 ≈ 875 rpm if one of the three thermoplunger is ACTIVE.
MR-397-X74-13B100$648.mif
V7
13B-264
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR405
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the cylinder's fuel flow correction in mg/stroke.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR405 = 0.0 mg/st.

PR405 = 1 mg/stroke
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-265
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR406
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the cylinder's fuel flow correction in mg/stroke.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR406 = 0.0 mg/st.

PR406 = ≈ 1 mg/stroke
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-266
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DISTANCE VALUE AT LAST SUCCESSFUL REGENERATION
PR412
PARAMETER This parameter indicates the vehicle's mileage at the last successful regeneration in
DEFINITION miles (km).
Special notes:
This parameter indicates the vehicle's mileage at the last successful regeneration.
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-267
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PARTICLE FILTER DIFF PRESSURE
PR414
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the particle filter differential pressure in mbar.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
- 1 mbar < PR414 < 1 mbar

In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of DF315 Particle filter diff.* pressure sensor.
10 mbar < PR414 < 100 mbar

In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of DF315 Particle filter diff.* pressure sensor.
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-268
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TIME SINCE LAST REGENERATION
PR415
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the time since the last regeneration in hours.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
Time counter since last regeneration (in hours).
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-269
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DAMPER VALVE OCR*
PR417
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the damper valve opening cyclic ratio in %.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR417 < 5%
In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation for DF226 Damper valve circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-270
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DAMPER VALVE ERROR COUNTER
PR420
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the number of damper valve errors.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR420 = 0
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-271
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBINE UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE
PR667
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the turbine upstream temperature in ˚C.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
temperature > 80˚C.
Indicates the turbine upstream air temperature in ˚C,which is ≈ 200˚C.

In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of DF652 Turbine upstream temperature sensor circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-272
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBINE UPSTREAM TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE
PR668
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the turbine upstream temperature sensor voltage in volts.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
The voltage must be between 4.95 V < PR668 < 5 V.

In the event of a fault, refer to the interpretation of DF652 Turbine upstream temperature sensor circuit.
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-273
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DAMPER VALVE POSITION SETPOINT
PR672
PARAMETER
This parameter indicates the damper valve position setpoint as a %.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
PR672 < 5%
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-274
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DF312 RECORD NO. 1
PR784
DF312 RECORD NO. 2
PR785
PR786 DF312 RECORD NO. 3
PR791
DF312 RECORD NO. 8
PR792
DF312 RECORD NO. 10
PARAMETER
These parameters are shown in Km.
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES These parameters must only be interpreted for DF312 Speed request if it is present
or stored.
In the event of a fault, consult the interpretation of fault DF312 Speed request.
EDC16_V18_PR784/EDC16_V1C_PR784/EDC16_V20_PR784/EDC16_V18_PR785/EDC16_V1C_PR785/EDC16_V20_PR785/
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-275
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR784
PR785
PR786
PR787
PR788
PR789
PR790
PR791
PR792
PR793
CONTINUED
These parameters are used so that the history of the last ten regeneration failures when driving are known.
For VDIAG 58, 18, 1C:

Each parameter from PR784 to PR793 records the mileage when the particle filter warning light comes on which
is associated with DF312 Speed request.
Each time the particle filter warning light comes on, the vehicle mileage is stored in the following parameter
(PR+1).
When all ten parameters have a value other than zero and the particle filter warning light is illuminated again, the
mileage information for PR784 is cleared and replaced by the new value.
For VDIAG 5C and 20

Each parameter from PR784 to PR793 contains a record of the vehicle mileage when the particle filter warning
light illuminates. The appearance of fault DF312 Speed request is associated with each of these parameters.
PR784 to PR793 operate through successive feedback (when the particle filter warning light comes on, the value
of PR784 is copied to PR785, the value of PR785 is copied to PR786 and so on).
When there are more than ten records, the value of PR793 is overwritten. The new mileage is allocated to PR784.
If none of the parameters between PR784 and PR793 is available in the sub-function, this means than nothing
has been recorded. The parameters appear in the sub-function when they have a value above zero.
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-276
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
REGENERATION FAILURE RECORD NO. 1
PR794
PR795
PR796 REGENERATION FAILURE RECORD NO. 3
PR801
PR802
PARAMETER
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES
Interpret these parameters only if DF312 Speed request is present or stored.
These parameters are used so that the history of the last ten regeneration failures when driving are known.
For VDIAG 58, 18, 1C

Each of these parameters contains the vehicle mileage during a failed particle filter regeneration when driving.
Each parameter relates to an engine status. The statuses and parameters are recorded at the same time
(for example PR797 is associated with ET709 Engine status record no. 4).
Each new recorded value is saved under the next PR (PR+1).
When all ten parameters have a value other than zero and there is a regeneration failure when driving, the
mileage information for PR794 is cleared and replaced with the new value.
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-277
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR794
PR795
PR796
PR797
PR798
PR799
PR800
PR801
PR802
PR803
CONTINUED
For VDIAG 5C and 20

Each parameter between PR794 and PR803 contains the vehicle mileage when particle filter regeneration fails
when driving. Each parameter relates to an engine status. They are recorded simultaneously (for example, PR797
is associated with ET709 Engine status record no. 4).
PR795 to PR803 operate through successive feedback (when regeneration fails whilst driving, the value of PR794
is copied in PR795, the value of PR795 is copied in PR796 and so on).
When there are more than ten records, the value of PR803 is overwritten. The new mileage is allocated to PR794.
If none of parameters PR794 to PR803 is available in the sub-function, this means that no record has been made.
The parameters appear in the sub-function when they have a value above zero.
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-278
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
REGENERATION START RECORD NO. 1
PR816
PR817
PR818 REGENERATION START RECORD NO. 3
PR823
PR824
PARAMETER
DEFINITION
Special notes:
NOTES Interpret these parameters only for ALP9 Particle filter warning light comes on too
often.
These parameters are used so that the history of the last ten activations of the particle filter warning light are
known.
For VDIAG 58, 18 and 1C

Each parameter between PR816 and PR825 contains the vehicle mileage when particle filter regeneration starts
when driving. Each parameter is connected with a "Rege* request status record". They are recorded
simultaneously (for example, PR819 is associated with ET745 Rege* request status record no. 4).
Each new recorded value is saved under the next PR (PR+1).

When all ten parameters have a value other than zero, and a new regeneration starts when driving, the mileage
information for PR816 is cleared and replaced with the new value.
* rege: regeneration
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-279
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PR816
PR817
PR818
PR819
PR820
PR821
PR822
PR823
PR824
PR825
CONTINUED
For VDIAG 5C and 20

Each parameter from PR816 to PR825 records the mileage when particle filter regeneration starts and the status
of each request is recorded by ET742 Rege* request status record no. 1 to ET751 Rege* request status
record no. 10 (for example, PR819 is associated with ET745 Rege* request status record no.4).
Each time a new regeneration when driving is started, the vehicle mileage is recorded in PR816, as well as its
status in ET742 Rege* request status record no. 1
PR816 to PR825 operate through successive feedback (when regeneration starts, the value of PR816 is copied to
PR817, the value of PR817 is copied to PR818 and so on).
When there are more than ten records, the value of PR825 is overwritten.
The new mileage is allocated to PR816.
If only parameter PR816 is available in the sub-function and it has a value of zero, this means that no record was
made.
If a recording has been made, it will have a value above zero.
*rege: regeneration
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-280
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
WEIGHT OF SOOT AFTER REGENERATION
PR1012
PARAMETER This parameter indicates the weight of soot in g present in the particle filter after
DEFINITION a regeneration.
This parameter is to be consulted after using SC017 Particle filter regeneration.

NOTES
Conformity check with the engine stopped and ignition on, or the engine running and engine coolant
temperature > 80˚C, without electrical consumers
If PR1012 is less than 15 g, the particle filter regeneration completed correctly.

If PR1012 is greater than 15 g, a second particle filter regeneration must be performed using command SC017
Particle filter regeneration.
IMPORTANT:
Before performing a second After-Sales regeneration of the particle filter, the engine must be allowed to cool down
for 2 hours with the bonnet open.
Do not perform a routine oil change before a second After-Sales regeneration (see SC017 Particle filter
regeneration).
MR-397-X74-13B100$684.mif
V7
13B-281
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Command summary table 13B
Tool command Diagnostic tool title
SC001 Write saved data
SC002 Enter injector codes
SC003 Save computer data
SC017 Particle filter regeneration
SC036 Reinitialise programming
CF030 Thermoplungers
RZ005 Programming
RZ007 Fault memory
RZ034 Computer memory
LC009 Air conditioning
LC056 Thermoplungers
LC065 Water in diesel fuel sensor
LC120 Cruise control
LC121 Speed limiter
VP010 Enter VIN
AC001 Preheating unit
AC004 Turbocharging solenoid valve
AC011 Rail pressure regulator
AC012 Damper valve
AC031 Thermoplunger no. 3 relay (Vdiag 58 only)
AC038 Low-speed fan assembly relay (Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only)
AC039 High-speed fan assembly relay (Vdiag 18, 1C, 20 only)
AC195 Electric coolant pump
MR-397-X74-13B100$720.mif
V7
13B-282
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Interpretation of commands 13B
WRITE SAVED DATA
SC001
All data must be saved with command SC003 Save computer data for this command
NOTES to be run.
Writing is carried out after the computer has been reprogrammed or replaced.
Validating this command writes the data saved using command SC003 Save computer data.
The data is as follows:
– Vehicle idle speed.
– injector calibration codes (if the vehicle is fitted with IMA).
– programming of exhaust gas recirculation valve data.
– options available on the vehicle and managed by the computer (Example: Air conditioning).
– specific data related to the operation of the particle filter.
They will configure the computer and will enable it to avoid:
– engine malfunction after reprogramming or replacing the computer,
– faulty interpretation of information provided by the CLIP tool.
EDC16_V50_SC001/EDC16_V58_SC001/EDC16_V5C_SC001/EDC16_V18_SC001/EDC16_V1C_SC001/EDC16_V20_SC001
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-283
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ENTER INJECTOR CODES
SC002
This command must be run after replacing the injectors but only if the vehicle is
configured with IMA
NOTES
(ET104 Injector code use to YES).
If this command is not run, fault DF276 Injection code programming will be present.
WARNING
The letters J and Q, and figures 0 and 9 are not used in IMA coding.
If these characters are used the entry will be invalid.
Cylinder no. 1 is the cylinder located on the engine flywheel end.

Procedure to be followed:
– Make a note of the 6-character alphanumeric codes engraved on the upper section of the injector bodies.
– Use command SC002.
– Select the cylinder number for the cylinder concerned in the Desired, column, then confirm.
– Enter the injector code displayed for the cylinder.
– Enter the new codes for each cylinder, then confirm.
– When the command is completed, the modified codes appear in the Current column.
– Check that the codes correspond to those read earlier.
– If the codes entered do not appear in either the Current column or the Desired column, check the codes read
and make sure that the data has been entered correctly.
The possible confusions are:
digit "1" with the letter "I"
figure 8 with the letter B
figure 5 with the letter S
- Exit fault finding mode.
- Switch off the ignition and wait for 1 min. Switch the ignition back on and check for faults.
- DF276 Injector code programming should be stored.
If fault DF276 Injector code programming is present, the command has not run correctly.
Start the procedure again and follow the instructions.
If the codes are still not accepted, check that the computer has been put on standby correctly:
Switch off the ignition and wait for 1 minute.
If the warning light flashes as soon as the ignition is switched off, the computer has not been put on standby and
the command will be ignored.
If all these checks still do not enable the command to be confirmed, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-284
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
SAVE COMPUTER DATA
SC003
Carry out this save before reprogramming or replacing the computer.

NOTES
Select scenario SC003 on the CLIP tool.

If the following message appears:
"a saved file exists, do you want to overwrite this data?":
(this file corresponds to the last save carried out on the tool)
select "YES".
Confirming this command saves the following vehicle-specific data:

– injector codes,
– the EGR valve data programming;
– options available on the vehicle and managed by the computer (e.g. air conditioning);
– specific data related to the operation of the particle filter.
This information will be saved in the CLIP diagnostic tool.
After saving has finished, use the command SC001 Enter saved data to be able to set the new computer
parameters, after programming and reprogramming.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-285
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PARTICLE FILTER REGENERATION
SC017
Only run this command after the interpretation of the following faults:
– DF308 Clogged particle filter.
NOTES
– DF311 Number of failed regenerations exceeded.
– DF312 “Speed request”.
WARNING
It is essential to follow the safety and cleanliness instructions (see MR364 (Mégane II ph2), MR370
(Scénic II ph2), MR 395 (Laguna II ph2), Mechanical, 19B, Exhaust, Particle filter: Cleaning) and follow the
procedure below.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED:

The regeneration causes exhaust fumes and high temperatures.
The vehicle must be outside during regeneration.
If it is not possible to carry out regeneration outside, use an extractor fan which can withstand very high
regeneration temperatures (400˚C at the exhaust outlet).
Perform regeneration on a surface free from fire risks (oil, dry leaves, etc.). Nothing should be left in the vicinity
of the exhaust pipe.
WARNING:
– Check the engine oil level before running the command to avoid any engine racing. The oil level must
be between the minimum threshold and the middle level on the oil dipstick.
– Before performing a particle filter regeneration, it is essential to deactivate the air conditioning
compressor (risk of engine damage) and all the electrical consumers.
IF NECESSARY:
Regeneration can be stopped by briefly pressing the vehicle start button twice (less than 3 seconds).
Switch off the ignition and wait for the diagnostic tool message (maximum wait 8 minutes): Loss of dialogue
with the computer: EDC16C3, check the tool connection and the computer supply, before switching the
ignition back on.
PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED:
To run this command, select the command mode on the diagnostic tool, and select command SC017 Particle
filter regeneration.
When regeneration is complete, a message will indicate whether regeneration was successful or if any other
operations need to be carried out (filter replacement, whether an oil change is required, etc.).
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-286
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
SC017
CONTINUED 1
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCESS

Particle filter regeneration takes place in 3 stages (values given as a guide only):
– Warm-up phase: the engine speed is fixed or varies between 1000 rpm and 1650 rpm.
This phase lasts at least 3 minutes, until the coolant temperature exceeds 80˚C.
– Regeneration phase: the engine speed is fixed or varies between 1000 rpm and 1650 rpm. Engine
injection is retarded. The exhaust fumes rise in temperature and burn the soot retained in the particle
filter. The particle filter downstream temperature starts to rise after the particle filter upstream
temperature due to the volume of the particle filter. Then the combustion of the soot stored in the particle
filter causes the particle filter downstream temperature to increase, possibly reaching more than
700˚C depending on the amount of soot in the filter (with a particle filter upstream temperature of
approximately 600˚C). This phase lasts between 20 and 25 minutes.
– Cooling phase: the engine speed is fixed or varies between 1000 rpm and 1650 rpm.
Engine injection returns to normal and the exhaust gases cool the particle filter.
This phase lasts 3 minutes. At the end of this period, the engine speed returns to idle speed or remains
fixed at 1500 rpm.
The process lasts at least 30 minutes (regeneration time will be increased depending on how long it
takes for the coolant temperature to reach 80˚C).
CONFIRMING THE REGENERATION PROCESS

At the end of regeneration, a message appears to announce whether the regeneration was successful:
● Particle filter regeneration finished:
Consult PR1012 Weight of soot after regeneration. If PR1012 is less than 15 g, the particle filter
regeneration completed correctly. If PR1012 is greater than 15 g, a second particle filter regeneration must
be performed using the command in the diagnostic tool and choose command SC017.
IMPORTANT:
Before performing a second After-Sales regeneration of the particle filter, the engine must be allowed to
cool down for 2 hours with the bonnet open.
Do not systematically change the engine oil before a second After-Sales regeneration.
Consult PR848 Number of regeneration failures. If PR848 is greater than 3, change the engine oil.
● Particle filter too full - replace the particle filter: regeneration has failed. The weight of soot in the
particle filter is so great that it is creating back-pressure. Deal with any faults that appear or replace the
particle filter. Run command SC036 Reinitialise programming and select After particle filter
replacement.
– Consult PR848 Number of regeneration failures. If this parameter is greater than 3, it is essential to
change the engine oil.
– Explain to the customer the procedure for regeneration when driving to avoid unnecessary repairs:
see PART D in the interpretation of DF312 Speed request.
● Particle filter regeneration failed - run test "Temperature upstream of turbine too low":
regeneration has failed because the temperature upstream of the turbine is too low. Run test 10
Temperature upstream of turbine too low.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-287
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
SC017
CONTINUED 2
In all cases, the following actions must be carried out:

– switch off the ignition and wait for the diagnostic tool message (maximum wait 8 minutes): Loss of dialogue
with the computer: EDC16, check the tool connection and the computer supply.
– switch on the ignition and re-establish dialogue with the injection computer,
– run command SC036 Reset programming;
– depending on the operation performed, select After particle filter regeneration with diag tool, or After
particle filter replacement.
– switch off the ignition and wait for the diagnostic tool message (maximum wait 8 minutes): Loss of dialogue
with the computer: EDC16, check the tool connection and the computer supply.
– Then switch on the ignition again, clear the present or stored faults from the computer memory (operation
to be carried out within 3 minutes of switching on the ignition).
If DF308 Clogged particle filter or DF312 Speed request is still present, contact the Techline.
Note:
It is essential to change the engine oil and the oil filter in the following cases:
– following an After-Sales regeneration only if a message on the CLIP diagnostic tool requests it,
– after particle filter replacement following DF311 Number of failed regenerations exceeded (present or stored
before regeneration),
– following a second regeneration (in the case of two successive regenerations).
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-288
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
REINITIALISE PROGRAMMING
SC036
This command is used to reset the computer parameters according to the type of
operation or component repaired or replaced from the following list:
– the EGR valve,
– damper valve;
NOTES
– after replacing the particle filter,
– after particle filter regeneration using the diagnostic tool,
– after injection computer replacement with no save option,
Ignition on and engine stopped.
To run this command, select scenario SC036 on the CLIP diagnostic tool.
Procedure to be followed:
– on the main screen, select the component to reinitialise after an operation (removal - refitting or replacement
of component),
– select YES then OK to begin reinitialisation,
– select Finish on the Configuration performed screen to return to the main screen,
– end of operation.
– perform a complete powerlatch.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-289
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
THERMOPLUNGERS
CF030
Carry out this command:

– After reprogramming the injection computer or
NOTES
– after replacing the computer, without the possibility of using scenario SC003 Save
computer data before reprogramming to save the computer data.
To run this command, select scenario CF030 on the CLIP tool.

Important: configure the vehicle without thermoplungers only if faults DF032 + 12 V relay supply circuit, DF033
Fan assembly supply circuit and DF034 Alternator type are present.
After having configured the computer configuration, it is essential to clear the faults using command RZ007 Fault
memory.
EDC16_V50_CF030/EDC16_V58_CF030/EDC16_V5C_CF030/EDC16_V18_CF030/EDC16_V1C_CF030/EDC16_V20_CF030
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-290
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PROGRAMMING
RZ005
This command enables you to reinitialise the entire computer configuration according
NOTES
to the vehicle.
Command RZ005 reconfigures the computer.

If the computer has no configuration data,
use command RZ005 to enter the options fitted on the vehicle:
– air conditioning,
– thermoplungers,
– cruise control/speed limiter.
These options are detected by the computer even if command RZ005 is not used.
The computer is configured as soon as the one of the vehicle's optional system components is operated.
EDC16_V50_RZ005/EDC16_V58_RZ005/EDC16_V5C_RZ005/EDC16_V18_RZ005/EDC16_V1C_RZ005/EDC16_V20_RZ005
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-291
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
COMPUTER MEMORY
RZ034
IMPORTANT
NOTES Only use this command if DF038 Computer memory is present.
Command RZ034 is used to reinitialise the computer memory.
With the ignition on:

● Use command RZ034.
● Switch off the ignition and wait for the message Communication lost with computer.
● Switch on the ignition again.
● Run the programming commands (see Configuration and programming)
● switch off the ignition and wait for the message Communication lost with computer.
Perform a road test to reinitialise the parameters of the vehicle.
EDC16_V50_RZ034/EDC16_V58_RZ034/EDC16_V5C_RZ034/EDC16_V18_RZ034/EDC16_V1C_RZ034/EDC16_V20_RZ034
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-292
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
PREHEATING UNIT
AC001
This command is only run if fault DF025 Preheating unit diagnostic line or DF017
Preheating unit control circuit is present or stored and if no other faults are present.
NOTES
Refer to the Wiring Diagrams Technical Note for the vehicle to locate the fuses and
relays concerned.
Switch on the ignition and connect the diagnostic tool.

With the preheating unit connected:
– connect the negative terminal of the voltmeter to connection 3FF of component 257,
– connect the positive terminal of the voltmeter to the + 12 V battery,
– run command AC001.
If the voltmeter does not indicate the battery voltage while the command is running (ten 1-second
ON/OFF cycles):
1- Check the condition of the preheating unit supply fuse F01 (70A).
Replace it if necessary.
2- Check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance of the following connections:
– connection code 3FY.
3- Check the connections on the pre-postheating unit, heater plugs and injection computer.
4- Measure the resistance of the heater plugs. If this resistance is greater than 2 Ω, replace the faulty plug(s).
5- Check the continuity and the absence of interference resistance between the following connections:
– connection code 37AB,
– connection code 37Z,
– connection code 37AC,
– connection code 37AA.
Between components 257, 680, 681, 682 and 683.
6- Check for + 12 V on connection BP35 of component 257.

If the fault is still present, replace the preheating unit
EDC16_V50_AC001/EDC16_V58_AC001/EDC16_V5C_AC001/EDC16_V18_AC001/EDC16_V1C_AC001/EDC16_V20_AC001
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-293
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE
AC004
NOTES This command is used to check the turbocharging circuit.
This command checks that the turbocharger and the control circuit are working properly.
Introduction
1- Check the sealing of the high pressure air circuit:

Pipes not joined or pierced, pressure sensor disconnected or poorly fitted (seal present), intercooler pierced.
To check the intercooler: with the vehicle stopped, stabilise the engine speed between 3500 rpm < X < 4000 rpm
and check that there are no leaks.
Check the resistance of the turbocharging pressure relief solenoid valve between connections 3FB and 3MG.
Replace the solenoid valve if its resistance is not: 14.7 Ω < X < 16.1 Ω at 20˚C.

Check the continuity and absence of interference resistance of connection 3MG between components
120 and 1475.
Check for + 12 V after relay on connection 3FB of component 1475.

2- Turbocharger control circuit check
– With the engine stopped, check that the control rod is in the rest position (the control rod is retracted),
– Start the engine and check that the control rod extends to pull on the turbocharger (when the engine is switched
off, the control rod should return to the rest position).
– If the control rod does not move correctly, carry out the following checks:
1) Vacuum pressure command check:
– Disconnect the solenoid valve inlet hose and connect it to a pressure gauge.
– Start the engine and run it at a stable idle speed.
– if the vacuum is not between 700 mbar < X < 900 mbar, check the vacuum circuit from the vacuum pump.
– Stop the engine, reconnect the inlet hose and go to step no. 2.
2) Solenoid valve control check:

– Disconnect the solenoid valve outlet hose.
– Place your hand on the solenoid valve and block the outlet union with your thumb.
– If there is no perceptible vibration of the solenoid valve, check that the computer output is working correctly
(step 5) and check solenoid valve operation:
– Connect the pressure gauge to the solenoid valve outlet union.
if the vacuum is not between 700 mbar < X < 900 mbar, replace the solenoid valve.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-294
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AC004
CONTINUED
Turbocharger control circuit check (continued)

4) Check the operation of the turbocharger:
a) Attach a vacuum pump to the hose connected to the turbocharger control diaphragm,
Apply a vacuum of 700 mbar < X < 900 mbar:
If there is a leak, replace the turbocharger (diaphragm included).
b) Check the movement and adjustment of the control rod (see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370 (Scénic II) or 395
(Laguna II), Mechanical, 12B, Turbocharging).
If the control rod is sticking, replace the turbocharger.
c) Engine cold and stopped:
Remove the turbocharger inlet duct and check that the compressor turns freely on the axis.
d) If the fault persists:
Check that the exhaust manifold is not leaking.
Check that the exhaust is not blocked.
5) Check the computer output stage with the solenoid valve connected:
This operation can only be carried out if the checks indicated in step no. 2 are not conclusive.
→ Using a voltmeter:
Connect the voltmeter earth lead to connection 3FB (Laguna II and Mégane II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II) of
component 1475 and the positive lead to connection 3MG.
Clear any solenoid valve fault then run command AC004:
The voltmeter should display ten cycles of two successive voltages ~ = battery voltage X current OCR*.
Either: ~ 2.5 V (OCR* of 20%) then ~ 8.7 V (OCR* of 70%).

Connect the oscilloscope earth lead to the battery earth and the positive test pin to connection 3FB (Laguna II
and Mégane II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II) of component 1475.
Clear any solenoid valve faults, then run command AC004:
the oscilloscope should display a square wave signal of 12.5 V in amplitude at a frequency of 140 Hz
(with an OCR* passing from ~ 20 to ~ 70%).
If the measurement is correct, replace the solenoid valve.
* OCR = Opening Cyclic Ratio
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-295
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
RAIL PRESSURE REGULATOR
AC011
This command is used to check:

NOTES – the operation of the pressure regulator,
– and the high pressure injection circuit.
Step 1:
Measure the resistance of the pressure regulator between connections 3HI and 3FB.
- Replace the regulator if its resistance is not 2.5 Ω < X < 3.5 Ω at 20˚C.
– connection code 3HI,
– connection code 3FB.
If, when running command AC011, you can hear a slight whistling noise and a clicking noise from the pressure
regulator, go to step 2. Otherwise, check that the computer output stage is functioning correctly:
→ Using a voltmeter:
With the solenoid valve connected, connect the voltmeter earth lead to connection 3HI of component 1105 and the
positive lead to connection 3FB (Laguna II and Mégane II) or 3FB1 (Scénic II). Clear any fuel pressure solenoid
valve faults, then run command AC011:
The voltmeter should display two successive voltages: ~ 2.5 V for an OCR* of 20%, then ~ 8.75 V for an OCR* of
70% (ten cycles)
With the solenoid valve connected, connect the oscilloscope earth to the battery earth and the positive test pin to
connection 3HI of component 1105; clear any fuel pressure solenoid valve faults then run command AC011:
The oscilloscope should display a square wave signal of 12.5 V in amplitude at a frequency of 185 Hz (with an
OCR* passing successively from 20 to 70%).
If the measurement is correct, replace the regulator.
If the measurement is not correct, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-296
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AC011
CONTINUED
Step 2
In the event of rail overpressure: Check injector operation:
Run test 9 Poor injector operation.
Check that the rail pressure sensor is operating correctly:

Interpretation of fault DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit.
If these checks do not reveal any faults, and if the fault is still present, replace the rail pressure sensor.
In the event of rail underpressure:
Check that the rail pressure sensor is operating correctly:
Fault interpretation DF007 Rail pressure sensor circuit.
Check the priming of the low-pressure diesel circuit.
Check the conformity of the diesel filter connections,
Check the condition of the filter (clogging and water saturation),
Check there are no air bubbles between the filter and the high pressure pump.
Check the sealing of the high pressure and low pressure diesel circuit
(visual inspections, etc.): pump body, pressure release valve, pipes, rail and injector unions, injector wells, etc.
Check the conformity of the seal fitting on the pressure regulator.
Check the injectors are working:
Run test 9 Poor injector operation.
If these checks do not reveal any faults, and if the fault is still present, replace the rail pressure sensor.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-297
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
DAMPER VALVE
AC012
Carry out this interpretation:

– after DF226 Damper valve,
NOTES
– or after a customer complaint (starting faults, poor performance).
Check the continuity, insulation and absence of interference resistance on the following connections:
– connection code NT (Laguna II) between component 1461 and the earth NT.
– connection code N (Scénic II and Mégane II) between component 1461 and the earth N.
– connection code 3FB (Laguna II) between components 1461 and 597.
– connection code 3FB2 (Scénic II) between components 1461 and 1337.
– connection code 3FB (Mégane II) between components 1461 and 1337.
Check for + 12 V on connection 3FB (Laguna II and Mégane II) or 3FB2 (Scénic II) of component 1461.
Check for earth on connection N (Scénic II and Mégane II) or NT (Laguna II) of component 1461.
Check that the damper valve is open.

If not, clean or replace the air vent unit.
Actuate the valve using command AC012 and check its travel and rest position.
Check the operation of the computer output stage with a voltmeter:
Actuate the valve with command AC012.
If the solenoid valve opens (vacuum pump pressure gauge returns to atmospheric pressure), go to step C.
Otherwise, with the solenoid valve connected, check the operation of the computer output stage with a voltmeter
between connections 3FB (Laguna II and Mégane II) or 3FB2 (Scénic II) and N (Scénic II and Mégane II) or NT
(Laguna II) of component 1461.
The voltmeter should display three ON-OFF cycles (12.5 V then return to 0 V).
If the measurement is correct, replace the damper valve.
If the measurement does not show any operation, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-298
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
THERMOPLUNGER NO. 3 RELAY
(check that the computer is correctly configured)
AC031

Perform this fault finding procedure if there is a fault in the command menu, or
NOTES a passenger compartment heating/demisting fault.
Refer to the Wiring diagrams Technical Note for the vehicle to locate the fuses and
relays concerned.
Vdiag 50, 58, 5C:
If the additional heater no. 3 relay does not operate when running command AC031:
Check the connections of thermoplunger no. 3.
Check for + 12 V after ignition supply on connections 3FB and 3JAB of component 1069.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation to earth of connection 3JAB between
Check for + 12 V after ignition supply between connections 3FB and BP9 of component 1069 and connection
3JAC of component 1074.
Measure the resistance of thermoplunger no. 3.
Using a test light, check that the water heater interface unit is properly earthed on connections 3FB and
3JAB between components 120 and 1069.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-299
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AC031
CONTINUED
Vdiag 18, 1C, 20:
Check the additional heater no. 3 relay mounting.
If the fault is still present, check as follows that this relay is controlled by the engine management computer:
Disconnect the additional heater no. 3 relay, fit a 50 to 100 Ω resistor on the mounting in place of the coil and
connect a voltmeter as follows:
Positive terminal to +12 V battery.
Negative terminal to connection 3JAB of the additional heater no. 3 relay mounting.
Clear the fault and actuate the relay using command AC031.
If the voltmeter shows the battery voltage (two, 2-second ON-OFF cycles), replace the additional heater no. 3
relay.
If the voltmeter does not show the battery voltage (two 2 second ON-OFF cycles), contact the Techline.
If the additional heater no. 3 relay is supplied by command AC031, but there is still a fault with the passenger
compartment heating and demisting, check using a wiring diagram:
– the conformity of the thermoplunger Maxi-fuse.
– the presence of + 12 V battery on connection BP9 of the additional heater no. 3 relay mounting,
– the conformity of the additional heater relay 3;
– the continuity between connection 3JAC of the additional heater no. 3 relay mounting and the supply terminal
for thermoplunger no. 3.
– the conformity of the thermoplunger resistance: 0.4 Ω < X < 0.5 Ω at 20 ˚C,
– the presence of earth at the water chamber (thermoplunger mounting).
Also check the level of the cooling circuit and that there are no leaks.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-300
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
LOW-SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY RELAY
AC038

Perform this fault finding procedure if a malfunction appears on the command menu
NOTES or after an engine cooling system or air conditioning fault.
relays concerned.
If the low-speed fan assembly relay does not operate when command AC038 is run:
Check the low speed fan relay mounting and the connections of the engine management computer.
If the fault is still present, check that the relay is actuated by the engine management computer as follows:
Disconnect the low-speed fan assembly relay, fit a 50 Ω < Ξ < 100 Ω resistor on the relay mounting in place of the
coil, and connect a voltmeter as follows:
Positive terminal to the +12 V battery.
Negative terminal to connection 3JN of the low-speed fan assembly relay mounting.
Clear the fault and run command AC038
If the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage (three 2-second ON-OFF cycles), replace the relay.
If the voltmeter does not show the battery voltage (three 2 second ON-OFF cycles), contact the techline.
If the low speed fan assembly relay operates when command AC038, is run, but there is still a fan assembly
activation fault, use the wiring diagram to check the following:
– the conformity of the fan unit maxi-fuse.
– the conformity of the low-speed fan unit relay,
– the continuity of connection 49L between components 597 and 321.
– the continuity of connection 49B between components 321 and 262.
– the conformity of the fan assembly and the continuity of connection MAS of component 262.
EDC16_V18_AC038/EDC16_V1C_AC038/EDC16_V20_AC038
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-301
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
HIGH SPEED FAN ASSEMBLY RELAY
AC039

Perform this fault finding procedure if a malfunction appears on the command menu
NOTES or after an engine cooling system or air conditioning fault.
Refer to the Wiring Diagrams Technical Note for the vehicle to locate the fuses and
relays concerned.
If the high-speed fan assembly relay does not operate when command AC039 is run:
Check the high-speed fan assembly relay mounting and the connections of the engine management computer.
If the fault is still present, check that the relay is actuated by the engine management computer as follows:
Disconnect the high-speed fan assembly relay, fit a 50 Ω < Ξ < 100 Ω resistor on its mounting in place of the coil,
and connect a voltmeter as follows:
Negative terminal to connection 3JP of the high-speed fan assembly relay mounting.
Clear the fault and run command AC039.
If the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage (three 2-second ON-OFF cycles), replace the relay.
If the voltmeter does not show the battery voltage (three 2 second ON-OFF cycles), contact the techline.
If the high-speed fan unit relay is fed by command AC039, but there remains a fault with the triggering the fan
unit. Check using the wiring diagram:
– the conformity of the fan unit maxi-fuse.
– + battery feed on connection BP71 of the high-speed fan assembly relay mounting,
– the conformity of the high-speed fan unit relay,
– the continuity of connection 49B between components 597 and 262,
– the conformity of the fan unit,
– the continuity of connection MAS of component 262.
EDC16_V18_AC039/EDC16_V1C_AC039/EDC16_V20_AC039
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-302
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
(check that the computer is correctly configured).
AC063

Perform this fault finding procedure if there is a fault in the command menu, or
NOTES a passenger compartment heating/demisting problem.
relays concerned.
Vdiag 50, 58, 5C:
Check the connections of thermoplunger no. 1.
Check for + 12 V after ignition supply on connections BP9 and 3FB of component 1067.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation on connection 3JA between
Using a test light, check the supply by running command AC063 on connection 3JB between components 1067
and 898.
Measure the resistance of thermoplunger no. 1.

Using a test light, check that the water heater interface unit is properly earthed by running command AC063 on
connection 3JA between components 120 and 597.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-303
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AC063
CONTINUED
Vdiag 18, 1C, 20:
Check the additional heater no. 1 relay mounting.
Check the engine management computer connectors.
Disconnect the additional heater no. 1 relay, fit a 50 Ω < Ξ < 100 Ω resistor on the relay mounting in place of the
coil, and connect a voltmeter as follows:
Negative terminal to connection 3JA of component 597.
Clear the fault and actuate the relay using command AC063.
If the voltmeter shows the battery voltage (two, 2-second ON-OFF cycles), replace the additional heater no. 1
relay.
If the voltmeter does not show the battery voltage (two, 2-second ON-OFF cycles), contact the Techline.
compartment heating and demisting, check the following using a wiring diagram:
– + 12 V battery on connection 3FB of component 597.
– the conformity of the additional heater no. 1 relay,
– the continuity between connection 3JB of component 597 and connection 3JB of component 898,
– the conformity of the thermoplunger resistance: 0.40 Ω < X < 0.50 Ω at 20˚C,
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-304
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
(check that the computer is correctly configured).
AC064

Perform this fault finding procedure if there is a fault in the Command menu, or
NOTES a passenger compartment heating/demisting problem.
Refer to the Wiring Diagram Technical Notes for the vehicle to locate the fuses and
relays concerned.
Vdiag 50, 58, 5C:
Check the connections of thermoplungers 2 and 3.
Check for + 12 V after ignition supply on connections 3FB and BP91 of component 1068.
Check the continuity, absence of interference resistance and insulation to earth of connection 3JAA between
Check for + 12 V after ignition feed between connections BP91 and 3JAD of component 597 and connection
3JAD of components 1072 and 1073.
Measure the resistance of thermoplungers 2 and 3.
Replace thermoplunger no. 2 or 3 if the resistance is greater than 2 Ω.
Using a test light, check that the water heater interface unit is properly earthed on connection 3JAA between
If the fault is present, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-305
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
AC064
CONTINUED
Vdiag 18, 1C, 20:
If the additional heater no. 2 relay does not operate when running command AC064,
check the additional heater no. 2 relay mounting,
check the connectors on the engine management computer.
Disconnect the additional heater no. 2 relay, fit a 50 Ω < Ξ < 100 Ω resistor on the mounting in place of the coil,
and connect a voltmeter as follows:
Negative terminal to connection 3JAA of component 597.
Clear the fault and actuate the relay via command AC064.
If the voltmeter shows the battery voltage (two 2-second ON-OFF cycles), replace the additional heater 1 relay.
If the voltmeter does not show the battery voltage (two 2 second ON-OFF cycles), contact the Techline.
compartment heating and demisting, use the wiring diagram to check the following:
– + 12 V battery on connection BP91 of component 597,
– the conformity of the additional heater no. 2 relay,
– the continuity of connection 3JAD between components 597 and 1072.
– the conformity of the thermoplunger resistance: 0.40 Ω < X < 0.50 Ω at 20˚C,
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-306
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ELECTRIC COOLANT PUMP
AC195
NOTES This command allows you to check the operation of the electric coolant pump.
Check the electric coolant pump relay (A 20A) and check that it is operating correctly.
Check the continuity between connections 3FB of component 597 (Laguna II).
If the checks are correct, check the continuity and absence of interference resistance on the following
connections:
– connection code 3VG between components 120 and 597 (Laguna II) or 299 (Mégane II and Scénic II)
– connection code 3FB of component 597 (Laguna II)
– connection code 3FB2 between components 299 and 1337 (Scénic II).
– connection code 3VH between components 597 (Laguna II) or 299 (Mégane II and Scénic II) and 369.
– connection code MAS between component 369 and earth MAS.
MR-397-X74-13B100$756.mif
V7
13B-307
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Customer complaints 13B
before dealing with this customer complaint, check that there are no faults, and check
the conformity (or otherwise) of the parameters and statuses using the diagnostic
NOTES tool.
if the customer complaint is not eliminated, then proceed according to the
corresponding fault finding chart.
no dialogue with engine management computer ALP 1
starting difficult or impossible ALP 2
injection noise ALP 3
poor performance ALP 4
irregular engine operation ALP 5
external leaks from the fuel circuit ALP 6
rough idle ALP 7
oil leaks from the turbocharger ALP 8
particle filter warning light comes on too frequently ALP 9
noise from the turbocharger ALP 10
smoke from the exhaust ALP 11
MR-397-X74-13B100$792.mif
V7
13B-308
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Fault Finding Chart 13B
ALP 1 No dialogue with engine management computer
Try to establish dialogue with a computer on another vehicle to check that the diagnostic tool is not faulty.
Check the battery voltage and carry out the operations necessary to obtain the correct voltage
(9.5 V < X < 17.5 V).
If the tool is not at fault, and dialogue cannot be established with any other computer on the same vehicle, the
cause could be a faulty computer interfering on the multiplex network.
Disconnect the engine management computer.
Try to establish dialogue with another computer.
If the fault is still present, reconnect the computer and proceed by elimination by successively disconnecting all
the following computers (according to wiring diagram and equipment): Air conditioning, Airbag, ABS and ESP,
UCH, instrument panel, central communication unit, proximity sensor.
Try to establish a dialogue between each disconnection:
If, after a disconnection, you manage to establish dialogue, perform the fault finding procedure for the relevant
computer.
Carry out a fault finding procedure on the multiplex network using the diagnostic tool.
Check the presence and condition of the injection fuses on the UPC and in the engine fuse box.
Check the connection of the computer connectors and the condition of its connections.
Check the injection computer earths (quality, oxidation, earth bolts secure on the battery terminal).
Check that the supply to the computer is correct:
Earth on connections NT (Laguna II) or N (Scénic II and Mégane II) of component 120.
+ after ignition feed on connection AP29 (Laguna II) or AP15 (Scénic II and Mégane II) of component 120.
Check that the power supply to the diagnostic socket is correct:

– + before ignition feed on connection BP32 (Scénic II and Mégane II), or BCP4 (Laguna II) of
component 225.
– + before ignition feed on connection AP43 (Scénic II and Mégane II), or AP10 (Laguna II) of
component 225.
– Earth on connections MAN and NAM (Scénic II and Mégane II), or MA and NAP (Laguna II) of
component 225.
If dialogue has still not been established after these checks, contact Techline.
AFTER REPAIR Carry out a road test followed by a complete check with the diagnostic tool.
EDC16_V50_ALP1/EDC16_V58_ALP1/EDC16_V5C_ALP1/EDC16_V18_ALP1/EDC16_V1C_ALP1/EDC16_V20_ALP1
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-309
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 2 Starting difficult (or impossible)
Before dealing with this customer complaint, check that there are no faults, and
the conformity (or otherwise) of the parameters and statuses using the
NOTES
diagnostic tool.
If the customer complaint is not eliminated, perform the following checks.
Impossible
Is it difficult or impossible to start the engine?
PART A:
Check the engine earths.
Ensure that the engine speed reaches 250 rpm with the starter motor, as displayed on the parameter screen
(PR055 Engine speed).
If the engine speed is less than 250 rpm, refer to Technical Note 6014A, Checking the charging circuit.
If the engine speed shown on CLIP is zero and the engine is running, measure the resistance of the engine speed
sensor between connections 3BG and 3BL of component 149:
Check the continuity of the following connections:
– connection codes 3BG and 3BL between components 120 and 149.
Check the conformity of the engine earths (oxidation, tightness, etc.).
Check the mounting, the gap (if necessary refer to the information in the Workshop Repair Manual for the vehicle) and
the condition of the sensor (overheating).
Check the synchronisation of the camshaft sensors and the engine speed sensors with the display of ET238
Synchronisation.
If synchronisation is not active, refer to the checks described in DF195 Camshaft/engine speed consistency.
Check the fuel circuit sealing.
If the fault is still present, see DF053 Rail pressure regulation function 2.DEF, step 4.
Check that the heater plugs are actuated using the AC001 Preheating unit command.
Check the sealing and condition of the inlet circuit: run Test 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check and follow the
associated fault finding procedure.
Check that there are no foreign bodies on the flowmeter grille: run Test 5 Air flowmeter, and follow the associated
fault finding procedure.
Check the position of the exhaust gas recirculation valve.
Check that the exhaust is not blocked: run Test 1 Exhaust pipe check and follow the associated fault finding
procedure.
Check the consistency of the signal from the engine coolant temperature sensor.
Check the correct operation of the pressure regulator (see AC011 Rail pressure regulator).
Check that the injectors are working properly (excessive return leak, clogging, seizing): run Test 9 Poor injector
operation.
Check the engine timing (and the position of the high pressure pump sprocket).
Check the balance of the compressions, according to the power consumption during the starting phase
(Compression test menu on the CLIP Technic tool or using a compression gauge)
After the operation, clear the faults caused by disconnecting the regulator and the heater plugs.
End of part A
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-310
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 2
CONTINUED 1
Is there diesel in the tank?
YES NO
Does the starter motor work properly? Fill the tank with diesel fuel.
(Check that the engine speed reaches > ~ 250 rpm with the Bleed the low and high pressure diesel
starter motor in operation, PR055 Engine speed). circuit.
YES NO
Using the diagnostic tool, check the conformity of Run fault finding on the starter (see Technical Note
the immobiliser: ET003 Immobiliser must be 6014A, Checking the charging circuit).
INACTIVE.
ET003 not correct ET003 in order

or immobiliser (immobiliser
warning light code warning
permanently light off)
illuminated
Consult the fault finding procedure Continue the fault finding procedure with Part A of
for the immobiliser. this fault finding chart.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-311
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 3 Injection noise
NOTES
diagnostic tool.
If the injection noise occurs after starting from cold:

Check the low pressure diesel circuit priming.
Check the fuel heater supply.
Check the operation of the preheating system.
Check that fuel and engine temperatures are consistent.
If the injection noise occurs at idle speed:

Check the condition of the injector connector and pressure regulator terminals.
Check the conformity of the air flow signal, refer to the interpretation of PR132 Air flow or run Test 4
Turbocharged air inlet circuit check.
If the complaint is still present, perform fault finding on the injectors: run Test 9 Poor injector operation.
Does the injection noise occur at all engine speeds?

Run fault finding on the injectors: run Test 9 Poor injector operation.
Check the condition of the injector connector and pressure regulator terminals.
Check the conformity of the fuel used by running Test 11 Diesel fuel conformity check.
If the diesel fuel is not correct: Replace the diesel fuel.
Change the diesel filter.
Bleed the low and high pressure diesel circuit.
Check the conformity of the air flow signal, use the interpretation of PR132 Air flow.
If the customer complaint is still present:
Run command AC011 Rail pressure regulator,
check the following parameters:
– the conformity of the fuel pressure between PR008 Rail pressure setpoint and PR038 Rail Pressure,
– the conformity of the pump fuel flow between PR157 Fuel flow setpoint and PR017 Fuel flow. If the fault is still
present, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-312
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 4 Poor performance
NOTES
diagnostic tool.
IMPORTANT
In the event of the engine overheating above 119˚C, the computer deliberately limits the fuel flow (warning light is
illuminated when temperature exceeds 115˚C).
Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.
Is the engine running on all YES

cylinders?
NO
Check:
– Check the conformity of the fuel used by running Test 11 Diesel fuel conformity check.
If the diesel fuel is not correct:Replace the diesel fuel.
Change the diesel filter.
Bleed the low and high pressure diesel circuit.
– The conformity of the assembly of the injectors (presence and conformity of the sealing washer).
Checking procedure:
– Take a straightedge approximately 40 cm long and place it on the 4 injectors. The straightedge should rest on
the 4 injectors.
– If 1 injector protrudes, remove the injector and check that the washer is correct.
– If one injector does not touch the straightedge (clearance of more than 1 mm), remove the injector and check
for the presence of the washer.
– Clean the injector well and the injector, refit the injector with its correct sealing washer.
– The sealing and condition of the inlet circuit, run Test 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check.
– The condition of the air flowmeter, run Test 5 Air flowmeter.
Check the turbocharger:
– Run Test 2 Air line at the turbocharger.
– Run Test 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.
– Run Test 7 Turbocharger.
Check that the turbocharging pressure follows the increase in engine speed and that the loop difference with the
turbocharging pressure is low.
Otherwise, replace the turbocharger.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-313
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 4
CONTINUED
Check the injector operation: run test 9.
If the fault is still present
Check the conformity of the accelerator pedal position sensor, the brake pedal sensor, the atmospheric pressure
sensor, the exhaust gas recirculation valve and the damper valve.
Check the consistency of the signal: of the air flowmeter, of the engine coolant temperature sensor, of the fuel
temperature sensor and of the engine speed.
Check the connections, continuity and absence of interference resistance on the air flow sensor (run DF056 Air
flow sensor circuit, 2.DEF), the engine coolant temperature sensor (run DF001 Coolant circuit, 1.DEF), and
the engine speed (run DF195 Engine speed / camshaft sensor consistency, 2.DEF).
Check:
– That the diesel filter is not clogged (for the test, see DF053 Rail pressure regulation function 2.def).
– That there are no leaks on the high and low pressure diesel circuits, run Test 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit
check.
– That the oil vapour rebreathing system is connected.
– The flow regulator (jammed / seized), apply the interpretation of command AC011 Rail pressure regulator.
– Check the timing setting (and the position of the high pressure pump pinion)
– Check the engine compressions (cylinder compression balance with the Compression test function on the
CLIP Technic tool).
– Measure the engine compressions with the special tool
– If the fault is still present, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-314
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 5 Irregular engine operation
NOTES
diagnostic tool.
If the engine races during gear changes, check, if there is a floor carpet, that this is not blocking the accelerator
pedal, the brake pedal or the clutch pedal, then check the conformity of the clutch switch and the conformity of the
accelerator pedal sensor when the pedal is released. Measure the resistance of the engine speed sensor
between connections 3BG and 3BL of component 149:
Replace the sensor if its resistance is not 720 Ω < X < 880 Ω at 20˚C.
Check the continuity of the following connections:

– connection code 3BL.
Check the conformity of the engine earths (oxidation, tightness, etc.).

Check the mounting, air gap (check that the engine speed sensor - flywheel gap is correct: 0.5 < X < 1.8 mm) and
the condition of the sensor (heating).
Low pressure circuit check.
– Check the pressure regulating solenoid valve using part B of ALP7 Rough idle.
~ 1600 bar with full load on the accelerator.
– Apply the procedure used for checking the air flow (see "Conformity check").
– Check the turbocharger:
– Run Test 2 Air line at the turbocharger.
– Run Test 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.
– Run Test 7 Turbocharger.
– Apply the procedure used for checking the hydraulic circuit (see conformity check).
If the fault is still present:

Check the balance of the cylinders using the CLIP Technic function, Compression test physical measurements
icon.
Check the engine compressions with the special tool, if necessary.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-315
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 6 Fuel system leaks
diagnostic tool.
NOTES
IMPORTANT
Please observe the cleanliness guidelines and safety advice.
Procedure for checking for an external leak on the fuel circuit:

Clean away traces of grease with clean thinner and wipe the part or parts concerned with cleaning cloths.
Start the engine and increase the engine coolant temperature to 80˚C.
Stop the engine and check for traces of grease on the part or parts concerned.
If this is the case, replace the part or parts concerned.
Bleed the fuel circuit and continue the checks.
Does the priming bulb show traces of grease? (Visual

and tactile inspections) YES Check the assembly
(If there is a priming bulb) of the components
and the condition of
NO the seal at the union
of the two
Does the diesel filter show traces of grease? YES components, if the
(Visual and tactile inspections) leak is at the seal.
Replace the part or
NO the parts concerned.
Bleed the fuel circuit
Do the fuel return pipes show traces of grease? YES and continue the
(Visual and tactile inspections) checks.
NO
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-316
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 6
CONTINUED
NO
Does the high pressure pump show traces of grease?

(Visual and tactile inspections)
NO YES
Do the high pressure pipes and the injector rail

YES
show traces of grease?
Location of the leak.
NO
Where does the leak appear?
Do the injectors show traces of grease? YES

On the On the
NO component union - seal
End of fault finding. If the leak is on the

component, replace this and
the high pressure pipe(s) at
the same time as the
component.
If the leak is on the join of a high pressure pipe

and the component, remove the high pressure
pipe and perform a visual inspection of the
unions: if you find damaged unions, change the
faulty component and the high pressure pipe(s)
removed at the same time as the component.
Reminder:
Do not replace the rail, pump or injector unless the union is found to be damaged during the visual
inspections.
Bleed the fuel circuit and continue the checks.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-317
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 7 Rough idle
NOTES
diagnostic tool.
Check the sealing and condition of the inlet circuit by running Test 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check
Check the low pressure circuit
Check the engine parameters:

– Check the update of the engine management computer calibration (last calibration).
– Check the conformity of the IMA codes (using the Identification screen on the Clip diagnostic tool).
– Check the charging circuit (see Technical Note 6014A Checking the charging circuit)
– To check the conformity of the engine speed signal, check:

* The wiring.
* The position of the flywheel and the condition of the flywheel teeth,
* The position and tightness of the engine speed sensor.
– Check the fuel flow correction from station to station, run Test 9 Poor injector operation.
Check the connections and wiring of the injectors.

Check the connections and wiring of the engine management computer to the injectors.
Check the high pressure circuit (external leaks) (see the end of ALP6 Fuel circuit external leaks)
Check the timing setting (and the position of the high pressure pump pinion)
Check the lower engine:

– Check the compressions using the CLIP Technic diagnostic tool, Compression test or the special tool.
– Check the engine mounts only if there is noise or excessive vibrations at idle speed.
If the checks are correct, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-318
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 8 Oil leaks from the turbocharger
NOTES
diagnostic tool.
Check the area around the turbocharger

Note:
An oil leak does not correspond always to a turbocharger fault, the oil leak can arise from the area around the
turbocharger.
Depending on the vehicle type, the best visual access will be either from above or from below.
1- Do not start the engine.

Check the area around the turbocharger and identify the origin of the leaks.
Clean the oil traces on the turbocharger.
2- Start the engine and let it warm up several minutes.
IMPORTANT
If the air filter was removed previously, refit it before starting the engine (risks foreign matter entering the air inlet
circuit).
Accelerate with no load several times, progressively increasing the duration before releasing the accelerator pedal.
Visually inspect the exterior condition of the fuel supply pipes and the turbocharger oil return and the area around it.
Identify the origin of the leaks.
Is an oil leak present at the air compressor inlet or outlet?

YES NO
Check the air compressor inlet or outlet

Check for a loose interface (inlet or outlet) that is the cause of
the air leak.
Note:
It is normal to find oil traces inside the pipes at the NO Tighten the interface or the
turbocharger inlet or outlet, because the air entering the concerned pipe.
compressor is laden with oil from the engine rebreathing End of procedure.
circuit.
Is the suspected interface properly tightened?
YES
Replace the pipe concerned (see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370 (Scénic II) or 395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, 12B,
Turbocharging).
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-319
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 8
CONTINUED 1
Is an oil leak present only at the casing of the compressor section?
YES NO
The turbocharger is not faulty. The oil leak is from another engine
component and the oil is flowing onto the turbocharger.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-320
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 8
CONTINUED 2
Is an oil leak present at the turbocharger oil supply inlet or outlet?
YES NO
Check the turbocharger oil supply inlet and outlet

Check for a loose interface (inlet or outlet) that is the cause of the NO
Tighten the pipe concerned.
oil leak. End of the procedure
Is the suspected interface properly tightened?
YES
Replace only the seal or the pipe of the section concerned (see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370 (Scénic II) or
395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, 12B, Turbocharging).
Is an oil leak present at the interfaces of the turbine casing and the exhaust pipes?
YES NO
End of procedure.
The turbocharger is not faulty. Another engine fault is probably present.

Mark the component that is the source of the leak and refer to the repair manual (see MR 364 (Mégane II),
370 (Scénic II) or 395 (Laguna II), 10A Engine and peripherals).
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-321
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 9 Particle filter warning light comes on too often
Before dealing with this customer complaint, check that there are no faults
except DF312 Speed request and the conformity (or otherwise) of the
NOTES “parameters” and “status” using the diagnostic tool. Deal with the other faults
first.
Are all the regeneration

Have the last 10 regeneration attempts failed? failures linked to engine cut-
Is the distance of PR412 Distance of last YES off?
successful regeneration less than all the See the group parameter YES
parameters of group 2? (PR794 to PR803 (ET706 Engine status record Output 1
Regeneration failure record no. 1 to no. 10). no. 1 to ET715 Engine status
record no. 10)
NO (E.g.: ET706 STOPPED)
NO
Is at least one status for group 1 = STATUS4? NO Symptom Carry out an After-
not Sales regeneration if
YES confirmed not already
Output 2
performed. To do
Recognition of parameters corresponding to the start of this, see SC017
successful regenerations. Particle filter
Make adjustments to align the parameter groups. regeneration in
Interpretation of
Group 1 Regeneration start record no. 1 to no. 10 commands.
And
Group 2 Regeneration failure record no. 1 to no. 10
For each group 1 parameter, if there is no group 2 parameter in
the next 30 miles (50 km), this corresponds to a successful
regeneration (R). If there is one, this means a failure (E).
Note group 1 here: Note group 2 here Type of regeneration

PR816: ____ ET742 ____ PR794: _________ PR816: R E
PR817: ____ ET743 ____ PR795: _________ PR817: R E
PR818: ____ ET744 ____ PR796: _________ PR818: R E
PR819: ____ ET745 ____ PR797: _________ PR819: R E
PR820: ____ ET746 ____ PR798: _________ PR820: R E
PR821: ____ ET747 ____ PR799: _________ PR821: R E
PR822: ____ ET748 ____ PR800: _________ PR822: R E
PR823: ____ ET749 ____ PR801: _________ PR823: R E
PR824: ____ ET750 ____ PR802: _________ PR824: R E
PR825: ____ ET751 ____ PR803: _________ PR825: R E
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-322
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 9
CONTINUED 1
Vdiag 5C and 20 Vdiag 50, 58, 18 and 1C
Has a parameter from group 1 reached 19660

YES C
miles (32768 km)?
NO
NO
For each successful regeneration (R) look in group 1 for the next parameter in order of Output 3
distance whose status is STATUS4. Is there at least one status?
YES
(To be calculated for each successful regeneration)
Note down the 2 identified parameters and calculate Parameter PR412 = _________
the interval between the 2 using the formula in the Next parameter at STATUS 4 = __________
table. Interval = Next parameter at STATUS 4 – PR412
= ________ - _________
= _________
Is the calculated interval less than 200 miles NO

Output 4
(330 km)?
YES
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-323
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 9
CONTINUED 2
– Check the consistency between the IMA codes entered and the codes engraved on the injector bodies.
– Check that the particle filter differential pressure sensor is correctly positioned and connected (see MR 364
(Mégane II), 370 (Scénic II) or 395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, 19B Exhaust, Particle filter pressure sensor:
Removal - Refitting).
– Check the exhaust system (see test 1 Exhaust system check).
– Check the air inlet circuit (see test 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check).
– Check the air flowmeter (see test 5 Air flowmeter).
– Check the turbocharger (see test 2 Air line at the turbocharger, test 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve
check and test 7 Turbocharger).
– Check the injectors (see test 9 Poor injector operation).
– Check the cylinder compressions.
If the fault has not been located and the customer complaint is still present, contact the Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-324
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 9
CONTINUED 3
Analysis of output for ALP9 Particle filter warning light comes on too frequently
Output Regeneratio What to tell the
Output conditions Cause - type of driving
no. n frequency customer?
Explain to the customer

No the need to wait until the
The last 10 regeneration Regeneration failures
regeneration end of regeneration
Output 1 attempts failed because the caused by engine cut-
frequency (warning light goes out)
engine was switched off. off.
analysis. before switching off the
engine.
The last 10 regeneration No Explain again to the

attempts failed, but not Unsuitable driving regeneration customer the driving
Output 2
because the engine was conditions. frequency criteria for when the
switched off. analysis. warning light comes on.
Since the last

After successful
successful regeneration
regenerations stored in the
recordings, the driving Should be
Output 3 memory, the warning light did Vehicle correct
profile has been such normal
not come on. The interval
that the warning lights
cannot be calculated.
have not come on.
The interval between a

successful regeneration and
the particle filter warning light Unsuitable driving
Output 4 coming on is correct (above (urban, underspeed, Normal Vehicle correct
the lowest possible values). etc.)
The system does not have
any irregular components.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-325
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 10 Turbocharger noise
Apply the Technical Note 5164A, Noise fault finding.
Note:
Pay close attention to faulty components that might result in unjustified replacement of the turbocharger. For
example, whistling does not necessarily indicate damage to the turbocharger (this could be coming from the
exhaust, the timing, the gearbox, etc.).
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-326
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
ALP 11 Exhaust fumes
Run TEST 2 Air line at the turbocharger.

Run TEST 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.
Is the vehicle equipped with a particle filter?
NO YES
Start the engine and warm it up at idle speed for 10 minutes. Perform the fault finding of the
"particle filter" function, refer to the
IMPORTANT TESTS or corresponding ALP
If the air filter was removed previously, refit it before starting the
engine (risks foreign matter entering the air inlet circuit).
Perform several rapid and brief accelerations under no load.
Note:
The presence of smoke is often normal.
The quantity, density, colour and persistence of the smoke are the
important factors.
Is the exhaust outlet producing abnormal smoke?
YES NO
Refer to TEST 7 Turbocharger. The turbocharger is not faulty. Another engine fault
is probably present. Consult the TEST or the
corresponding ALP.
MR-397-X74-13B100$828.mif
V7
13B-327
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Tests 13B
Exhaust system check TEST 1
Air line at the turbocharger TEST 2
Low pressure circuit check TEST 3
Checking the turbocharged air inlet circuit TEST 4
Air flowmeter TEST 5
Turbocharger control solenoid valve test TEST 6
Turbocharger TEST 7
Incorrect injector operation TEST 9
Temperature upstream of turbine too low TEST 10
Diesel fuel conformity check TEST 11
MR-397-X74-13B100$864.mif
V7
13B-328
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 1 Exhaust system check
Engine stopped:
Check that the silencer outlet is not blocked.
Repair or replace the silencer, if necessary.
Check the seal of the exhaust manifold on the contact

surface between the turbocharger and the exhaust Repair or replace the defective
NO
manifold. part.
Is the seal in order?
YES
Loosen the catalytic converter on the turbocharger side.

Place a wooden block between the two parts. The exhaust system is not the
Start the vehicle and check if the engine runs better. cause of the fault. Continue with
NO
Is the engine running normally? the engine fault finding
(see Customer complaints).
YES
Retighten the catalytic converter.

Loosen or uncouple the particle filter on the catalytic
converter side. Place a wooden block between the two
parts if necessary.
Start the vehicle and check if the engine runs better. NO Replace the catalytic converter.
Is the engine running normally?
YES
Retighten the particle filter. Replace the particle filter

Loosen or uncouple the silencer on the particle filter side (see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370
(see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370 (Scénic II) or 395 (Scénic II) or 395 (Laguna II),
(Laguna II), Mechanical, 19B Exhaust, Parts and Mechanical, 19B Exhaust,
consumables for repair). Particle filter, Removal -
Start the vehicle and check if the engine runs better. NO Refitting).
Is the engine running normally? After any operation on the particle
YES filter, reinitialise the parameters.
Run command SC036 Reinitialise
programming and select After
Replace the silencer. particle filter replacement.
EDC16_V50_TEST1/EDC16_V58_TEST1/EDC16_V5C_TEST1/EDC16_V18_TEST1/EDC16_V1C_TEST1/EDC16_V20_TEST1
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-329
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 2 Air line at the turbocharger
Check that the air filter is present.

Check the replacement interval of the air filter on the maintenance booklet.
Compare the part nos. of the fitted air filter on the vehicle and of the air filter recommended by the manufacturer.
Check the direction of fitting of the air filter.
Is the air filter correctly fitted on the vehicle?
YES NO
Check the condition of the air filter

Visually inspect the condition of the filtering section Replace the air filter (see MR 364
of the air filter. (Mégane II), 370 (Scénic II) or 395
Is the air filter or its seal damaged? YES
(Laguna II), Mechanical, 12A, Fuel
Is the air filter fouled (does it contain a lot of mixture, Air filter, Removal - Refitting).
impurities)?
NO
Low pressure circuit check

Note:
Depending on the vehicle type, the best visual
access will be either from above or from below.
Visually inspect the condition of the following

components: Replace the defective parts (see MR 364
– fresh air inlet scoop on the front panel of the (Mégane II), 370 (Scénic II) or 395
YES
vehicle, (Laguna II), Mechanical, 12B,
– air inlet pipe to the air filter, Turbocharging).
– air pipe of the filter up to the compressor inlet,
– air flowmeter mountings.
Is one of these components incorrect (pipes

dislodged, torn, bent, pierced or kinked)?
NO
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-330
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 2
CONTINUED 1
High pressure circuit check

Note:
Depending on the vehicle type, the best visual
access will be either from above or from below.
Visually inspect the condition of the following
components:
– outlet pipe of the compressor to the turbocharging
air cooler,
– outlet pipe of the turbocharging air cooler to the
inlet manifold,
– inlet manifold
– pressure and temperature sensors.
Is one of these components incorrect (pipes
dislodged, torn, bent, pierced or kinked)? YES Replace the defective parts
(see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370
NO
(Scénic II) or 395 (Laguna II),
YES Mechanical, 12B, Turbocharging).
Exhaust circuit check
Visually inspect the condition of the following engine
sections:
– from the exhaust manifold circuit to the
turbocharger turbine,
– from the turbine outlet pipe to the end of the
exhaust pipe,
– from the inlet manifold to the EGR valve
– pressure and temperature sensors connected.
Do certain of these components have blackish
or whitish traces?
NO
Run test 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve check.
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-331
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 3 Low pressure circuit check
Check the fuel filter:

– Conformity of the fuel filter (correct part number and RENAULT filter),
– Positioning and clogging condition of the filter cartridge,
– Positioning and condition of the seals.
If there is metal swarf in the filter:
Replace the fuel filter, bleed the circuit and continue the fault finding procedure.
Supplying the injection system with fuel from an additional tank.

This operation aims to detect possible faults in the low pressure supply system of a vehicle by replacing it entirely
with an additional tank.
Mode:
– Disconnect the diesel fuel supply pipe at the fuel filter inlet and seal it with a plug.
– Connect a tube to the fuel filter inlet and insert the other end into a clean container which is approximately
5 litres in volume.
– Disconnect the diesel fuel return pipe at the pump return and injector return joint and seal it with a plug.
– Fill the container with clean diesel fuel.
– Start the engine and let the system drain itself of its air (there must not be any air bubbles in the return pipe).
Is the customer complaint still present?
NO YES
Are the low pressure circuit connections in order If the low pressure circuit is in order, reconnect the
and in good condition? various pipes making up the low pressure circuit
and repeat the fault finding procedure in the fault
YES NO finding chart or for the fault that referred you to this
test.
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-332
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 3
CONTINUED
Check the condition of the priming bulb, and that it is working properly.
Perform repairs if necessary and continue the test.
If the fault is still present with a low fuel level, check the consistency of the actual fuel level and that indicated on
the instrument panel.
– The bailing unit is supplied via a venturi valve located beneath it.
Check that the opening of the venturi (6 to 8 mm in diameter) is not blocked by dirt contained in the fuel tank.
Check the priming of the low pressure diesel circuit.
If the diesel fuel is not correct:
– Replace the diesel fuel.
– Change the diesel filter.
– Bleed the low and high pressure diesel circuit.
Low pressure circuit correct.

END OF TEST3.
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-333
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 4 Checking the turbocharged air inlet circuit
Engine stopped:
Check the sealing of the low and high pressure air circuits (air leak or intake) both upstream and downstream of
the turbocharger.
Check the parts that are abnormally greasy of the circuit and reveal a lack of tightness.
Check:
– the condition and fitting of the ducts (foreign, clogged, not joined, kinked, broken, pierced, cut bodies, tightness
of the mounting bolts, etc.).
– the presence, condition and fitting of the seals.
– the present and tightening of the clamps.
– The fitting of the turbocharging pressure sensor.
Checking the air filter.
Check:
– That the air filter unit inlet and outlet are not blocked.
– the condition and the assembly of the air filter unit (disconnected, broken, pierced …).
– The cleanliness, conformity and the absence of deformation of the filter element.
– The air flowmeter: run Test 5 Air flowmeter.
If the engine is equipped accordingly, check:

– that the damper valve is open (AC012 Damper valve, step B).
– the condition of the damper valve:
– the tightening of the mounting bolts,
– cracks in the damper valve.
Replace the valve if necessary.
Check that there is no leak at the exhaust manifold, in particular at the exhaust manifold/turbocharger connection.
Check the exhaust, run Test 1 Exhaust system check.
Check the condition of the intercooler:

– clogging,
– leaks (vehicle stationary, stabilise the engine speed between 3500 rpm and 4000 rpm and check that there are
no leaks).
Replace the intercooler if necessary.
End of test.
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-334
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 5 Air flowmeter
Pollution of the grilles:

Visual inspection: remove the flowmeter. There must be no foreign bodies in the grilles (see illustration 110734).
Do not clean the grilles using compressed air or any other procedure: this damages the sensors and
creates variations from the values displayed on the CLIP tool.
Check the sealing of the air circuit upstream of the air flowmeter:
disconnected or pierced pipes and air filter unit, seals present.
Replace the air flowmeter if necessary and clean upstream of this, if necessary.
Damage to electrical components:

Visual inspection:
– remove the flowmeter, the components should not be broken (see illustration 110736).
Replace the air flowmeter if necessary.
Oxidation of the electrical components:

Visual inspection:
– remove the air flowmeter, there should not be any greenish deposits on the electrical components.
Clogging of the air flowmeter:

Test:
– Check the values for conformity:
* During the first 5 seconds after starting:
– Coolant temperature: 80˚C.
– Engine speed: at idle speed (750 rpm < PR055 < 850 rpm).
– Air flow measurement: 37 kg/h < PR132 < 57 kg/h.
– EGR valve OCR*: between - 10% and 0%.
* After the starting phase:

– Coolant temperature: 80˚C,
– Engine speed: at idle speed (750 rpm < PR055 < 850 rpm).
– Air flow measurement: 25 kg/h < PR132 < 35 kg/h.
– EGR valve OCR*: between 10% and 40%.
– Refer to the interpretation of DF056 Air flow sensor circuit 2.DEF, for the air flowmeter checks.
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-335
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 5
CONTINUED
Contamination of the grille
Damage to the electrical sensors
End of test 5.
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-336
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 6 Turbocharger control solenoid valve test
Start the engine and let it run at idle speed for 1 minute.
Check the battery voltage.
If the value of PR071 Computer supply voltage is greater than 13 V, continue the test.
Otherwise, check the charge circuit, then perform a road test to confirm the disappearance of the fault.
Checking the vacuum at the pressure regulator inlet

Run the engine at idle speed.
Check the engine temperature using the CLIP parameter PR064 Coolant temperature.
Let the engine warm up until the temperature reaches 80˚C.
Disconnect the vacuum pipe from the end piece of the pressure regulator.
Connect a vacuum pressure gauge to the end of the disconnected pipe and put it in the vacuum
measurement position.
Perform a quick acceleration by depressing the accelerator pedal completely and then releasing it immediately.
The total duration of pressing and holding in the full load position must not exceed 1 second.
During this acceleration, the engine speed must reach a value between 3000 and 4000 rpm.
Repeat the operation 3 times.
Read the maximum vacuum posted by the pressure gauge during the increase and decrease in the speed and
after the return to idle speed.
Tolerance intervals for the vacuum are:

-1 bar < CORRECT vacuum value < - 0.6 bar
-0.6 bar < INCORRECT vacuum value < 0 bar
Is the vacuum at the turbocharging pressure regulator inlet displayed on the vacuum gauge within the
tolerance interval?
NO YES
The solenoid valve is in order.

If the customer complaint is Smoke from the exhaust, run
ALP11 Smoke from the exhaust. Otherwise, run TEST 7
Turbocharger.
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-337
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 6
CONTINUED 1
Reconnect the vacuum pipe on the turbocharging pressure regulator
Checking the vacuum at the solenoid valve outlet

Leave the engine running at idle speed.
Disconnect the vacuum pipe from the end piece of the solenoid valve outlet.
This pipe connects the solenoid valve to the turbocharging pressure regulator.
Connect a vacuum pressure gauge to the solenoid valve outlet and put it in the vacuum measurement
position.
Perform a quick acceleration by depressing the accelerator pedal completely and then releasing it immediately.
The total duration of pressing and holding in the full load position must not exceed 1 second.
During this acceleration, the engine speed must reach a value between 3000 and 4000 rpm.
Repeat the operation 3 times.
Read the maximum vacuum posted by the pressure gauge during the increase and decrease in the speed and
after the return to idle speed.

-1 bar < CORRECT vacuum value < - 0.6 bar
Is the vacuum displayed by the pressure gauge at the solenoid valve outlet within the tolerance interval?
NO YES
Reconnect the vacuum pipe on the turbocharging Replace the vacuum pipe between the solenoid valve and
pressure regulator the turbocharging pressure regulator (see MR 364
(Mégane II), 370 (Scénic II) or 395 (Laguna II),
Mechanical, 12B, Turbocharging).
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-338
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 6
CONTINUED 2
Visual inspection of the electrical connector of the solenoid valve

Switch off the engine.
Note:
The requested checks are only visual.
1- Check that the connector is correctly connected and locked.

2- Check the absence of damage to the electric wires where they leave the insulation.
Disconnect the connector to continue the checks.
3- Check the absence of thermal damage to the unit and mechanical damage to the lock.
4- Check the absence of deformations of the contacts (clips and tabs).
5- Check the sealing of the connector.
Do the visual inspections show any damage?
NO YES
If there is a repair procedure (see Technical Note 6015A, Electrical wiring repair, Wiring:
Precautions for repair), repair the connector, otherwise replace the wiring.
After the repair, repeat the test from the start.
Checking the vacuum at the solenoid valve inlet

Run the engine at idle speed.
Disconnect the vacuum pipe from the end piece of the solenoid valve inlet.
This pipe connects the vacuum pump to the turbocharger solenoid valve.
Connect a vacuum pressure gauge to the end of the disconnected pipe and put it in the vacuum
measurement position.
Read the vacuum posted by the pressure gauge.

-1 bar < CORRECT vacuum value < -0.85 bar
Is the vacuum displayed by the pressure gauge at the solenoid valve inlet within the tolerance interval?
NO YES
Replace the solenoid valve (see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370

(Scénic II) or 395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, 12B, Turbocharging).
Carry out the following operations.

– reconnect the vacuum pipe to the turbocharger solenoid valve.
– Check the conformity of the vacuum pipe connections.
– visually check the condition of the vacuum pipes leaving the vacuum pump to the different supplied
components.
Refer to the repair manual (see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370 (Scénic II) or 395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, 12B
Turbocharging).
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-339
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 7 Turbocharger
IMPORTANT
Perform these checks without removing the turbocharger and with the vehicle ignition switched off.
Checking the turbocharger shaft
WARNING
Observe the following safety precautions:
– wear high temperature protective gloves when the engine is hot,
– do not wear oversize or baggy clothing or hanging jewellery,
– watch out for possible triggering of the motor-driven cooling fan unit and the operation of the accessories belt or
belts.
Note:
The turbocharger shaft is the shaft that connects the compressor wheel and the turbine wheel.
Disconnect the air pipe located between the turbocharger and the air filter.
Wearing gloves, check the operation of the turbocharger shaft by turning the vanes manually without forcing.
Does the shaft have a kickdown point in rotation?
Does the compressor wheel touch the casing of the turbocharger?
If the response for If YES for one

these 2 questions is of these 2
NO questions
Replace the turbocharger (see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370

(Scénic II) or 395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, 12B,
Turbocharging, Turbocharger: Removal - Refitting and
Technical Note 3938A, Broken turbocharger:
replacement instructions).
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-340
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 7
CONTINUED 1
Checking the condition of the turbocharger vanes.

Note:
This check is facilitated by using a mirror and a bulb.
Visually check that the compressor vanes are in good condition.
Are the vanes damaged or twisted?
NO YES
Replace the turbocharger (see MR 364

Mechanical, 12B, Turbocharging,
Turbocharger: Removal - Refitting and
Which type of turbocharger is it?
Variable geometry Fixed geometry

turbocharger turbocharger
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-341
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 7
CONTINUED 2
Checking the turbocharging pressure regulator to determine if it is a variable geometry turbocharger
Note:
The pressure regulator rod of a variable geometry turbocharger is orthogonal to the turbocharger shaft.
Variable geometry turbochargers are controlled by a solenoid valve.
Note:
If necessary, according to the vehicle type and the accessibility of the pressure regulator, connect the vacuum
pump to the end of the pressure regulator pipe at the solenoid valve outlet.
Using a manual vacuum pump, apply a vacuum to the turbocharging pressure regulator of approximately
650 mbar.
1- Check that the fitting is completely leaktight.

2- Check that the control rod is resting against its stop.
3- Lock the vacuum device and check that the pressure variation is not greater than 100 mbar in 10 seconds.
4- Release the pressure and check that the control rod comes back to its initial position without jerking.
Repeat the complete sequence 3 times.
Is the pressure regulator leaktight and is the rod movement correct?
YES NO
The turbocharger is correct.

End of procedure.
Replace the turbocharger (see MR 364
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-342
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 7
CONTINUED 3
Checking the turbocharging pressure regulator to determine if it is a fixed geometry turbocharger
Note:
The pressure regulator rod of a fixed geometry turbocharger is aligned with the turbocharger shaft.
Fixed geometry turbochargers are controlled by a solenoid valve.
Note:
If necessary, according to the vehicle type and the accessibility of the pressure regulator, connect the vacuum
pump to the end of the pressure regulator pipe at the solenoid valve outlet.
Using a manual vacuum pump, apply a vacuum to the turbocharging pressure regulator of approximately
650 mbar.
1- Check that the fitting is completely leaktight.

2- Check that the control rod moved several millimetres.
3- Lock the vacuum device and check that the pressure variation is not greater than 100 mbar in 10 seconds.
4- Release the pressure and check that the control rod comes back to its initial position without jerking.
Repeat the complete sequence 3 times.
Is the pressure regulator leaktight and is the rod movement correct?
YES NO
The turbocharger is correct.

End of procedure. Replace the turbocharger (see MR 364
MR-397-X74-13B100$900.mif
V7
13B-343
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 7
CONTINUED 4
Deformed, twisted blade (“soft” foreign body)
Broken blades (“hard” foreign body)
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-344
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 9 Incorrect injector operation
Part A: Fuel regulation balance check for each injector (individual correction):
– In the CLIP diagnostic tool, choose the Fuel circuit subfunction.
– With the engine idling and the fuel temperature > 50˚C, display the flow correction values for each injector
(individual correction), i.e.:
– PR364 Cylinder no. 1 fuel flow correction.
The flow correction range per injector is between - 5 mg/stroke and + 5 mg/stroke without reaching these
values.
– Check the connections and wiring of the injectors if this has not been done.
– Check the connections and wiring of the engine management computer to the injectors.
– Repair if necessary.
– Check the IMA injector codes, comparing the IMA codes on the injectors (the IMA codes must be read from left
to right) and the IMA codes read in the CLIP diagnostic tool.
– If the IMA codes are correct, continue the fault finding procedure,
– If not, modify the incorrect IMA codes using command SC002 Enter injector codes (see Interpretation of
commands).
To confirm the repair, consult part B of test 9.
CASE no. 1: If at least one of these values is greater than or equal to + 5 mg/stroke
– Check the valve clearance.
– Check the condition of the engine and the compressions (using the Clip diagnostic tool or a compression
gauge).
– If the compression test reveals a cylinder fault, carry out the necessary repairs.
– If the compression is correct, check that the injector is fitted correctly (see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370 (Scénic II)
or 395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injector: Removal - Refitting)
Ensure that each injector has only one heat protection washer.
Then check the fuel regulation again for each injector (individual correction).
– Otherwise, replace the injector and check that the sealing washer is present. Modify the IMA code using
command SC002 Enter injector codes (see Interpretation of commands).
– Apply Part B of this test to confirm the fault finding.
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-345
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 9
CONTINUED 1
CASE no. 2: If at least one of these values is less than or equal to - 5 mg/stroke
– Check the valve clearance.
– Check the level and condition of the engine oil.
– Remove the injector with the largest correction.
– If there is diesel fuel contamination, check the condition of the cylinder concerned (cylinder, piston, valves).
Use an endoscope if possible.
– Only replace the removed injector, and modify the IMA code using command SC002 Enter injector codes (see
Interpretation of commands).
– Apply Part B of this test to confirm the fault finding.
CASE no. 3: If at least one of these values does not stabilise (20 seconds after starting)
– Check the low pressure circuit using Test 4 Low pressure circuit check.
– Check the conformity of the fuel by applying Test 11 Diesel fuel conformity check.
– Apply Part B of this test to confirm the fault finding procedure
CASE no. 4: If the fuel flow correction values are all correct (between - 5 mg/stroke and + 5 mg/stroke)
– Apply Part C of this test (Fuel return flow measurement).
IMPORTANT
When removing or refitting injectors, follow the cleanliness and safety instructions (see MR 364 (Mégane II), 370
(Scénic II) or 395 (Laguna II), Mechanical, 13B, Diesel injection, Diesel injector: Removal - Refitting).
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-346
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 9
CONTINUED 2
Part B: Confirmation of flow correction fault finding for each injector (individual correction):
Clear the faults and perform a test with the engine idling for at least 5 minutes and fuel temperature > 50˚C.
Check that no fault appears on the CLIP diagnostic tool and that the corrective values do not reach
± 5 mg/stroke to confirm the repair.
If the customer complaint is still present and the fuel flow correction values are between
-5 mg/stroke and + 5mg/stroke, apply Part A Fuel regulation balance check for each injector (individual)
of this test (Case no.4).
If one or more cylinders has an injector flow correction value in excess of ± 5 mg/stroke, apply Part A Fuel
regulation balance check for each injector (individual) of this test, as one or more injectors may be defective.
Part C: Measuring fuel return flow

1- Fitting the tool:
Only carry out this part if PR063 Fuel temperature is greater than 50˚C (see step 2 of Part C of this test).
Remove the engine undertray.
Disconnect the entire fuel return pipe in accordance with the following procedure (do not remove the clips):
– press the clip,
– pull vertically on the end piece of the fuel return pipe (see the arrow in the diagram below).
IMPORTANT
The end piece is fragile. Be careful not to break it by pulling it too hard. Replace all removed clips
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-347
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 9
CONTINUED 3
Fit the blanking plugs (B), from the kit (part number 77 01 208 229), on the end pieces of the fuel return pipe.
If Mot. 1760 is not fitted on the injectors immediately, place blanking plugs (A) on the injector fuel return openings.
On the pipes of Mot.1760 (see illustration 113195 above), remove the clips and the plugs from the end pieces
(on the right in the diagram) and leave the plugs (on the left in the diagram) in place.
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-348
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 9
CONTINUED 4
Connect the pipes of tool Mot.1760 to the injectors (without removing the clips on the injectors):
– press on the injector clip,
– insert the end piece in the injector fuel return opening.
– remember to fit the end piece plugs to the fuel return orifices using the clips provided.
– Remove the plugs left on the Mot.1760
Insert the ends of the pipes into the measuring cylinders of tool Mot.1760. The measuring cylinders are taken
from tool Mot. 1711.
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-349
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 9
CONTINUED 5
2 - Checking the injector return flow balance:
NO
Does the engine start? Fit Mot. 1760 as shown in the tool fitting procedure.
- Start the vehicle or perform a 15 second starting sequence
(with ignition key).
- Measure the length travelled by the diesel fuel in the pipes of Mot.
YES 1760.
Replace the injector if the length travelled by the fuel is more than
10 cm compared with the average of the other three injectors.
– The injector return pipes must be fitted to the injectors.

– Start the engine.
– Display the Fuel circuit sub-function in the CLIP diagnostic tool.
– Raise the temperature of the engine.
– Read the diesel fuel temperature with PR063 Fuel temperature until a diesel fuel temperature greater than
50˚C is reached
– Switch off the engine.
– Fit Mot. 1760 as shown in the installation procedure (see step 1).
– Check the value of the PR038 Rail pressure.
– Ask another Cotech to monitor the rise in fuel in the cans during engine turnover, as one of the cans will fill up
quickly if one of the injectors is leaking.
– Start the engine.
– Accelerate the engine until the pressure in the rail is 550 bar:
* if the engine speed is less than 3000 rpm, maintain this pressure.
* if the engine speed is greater than 3000 rpm, reduce the engine speed until the rail pressure is 500 bar and
maintain this pressure.
– Maintain these conditions for one minute.
– Release the accelerator pedal and maintain the idle speed for 10 seconds.
– Switch off the engine.
– Measure the quantity of fuel contained in each measuring cylinder.
– Replace the injector if the quantity of fuel is more than 50 ml.
– Remove Mot. 1760 as shown in the tool removal procedure (see step 3).
3 - Removing the tool:
IMPORTANT
Use a cleaning cloth (part number 77 11 211 707) to absorb fuel run-off.
Disconnect the pipe from an injector:

– press on the injector clip,
– pull vertically on the end piece of the pipe of tool Mot.1760, placing a wipe on the end piece to prevent run-off.
Lift the end piece vertically so that the fuel contained in the pipes flows into the measuring cylinders of tool
Mot.1760.
Remove the other 3 pipes using the same procedure.
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-350
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 9
CONTINUED 6
Remove the plugs from the fuel return pipe end pieces.
Connect the complete fuel return pipe to the injectors.
Wipe up any fuel run-off with a cleaning cloth (part number 77 11 211 707).
End of test 9.
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-351
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 10 Temperature upstream of turbine too low
Perform full fault finding on the injection computer using the YES Apply the procedure for
diagnostic tool. dealing with the associated
Are any faults stored or present? faults (see Interpretation of
faults).
NO
Apply Test 1 Exhaust system check. NO

Is the exhaust pipe in order?
YES
Repair then carry out
another particle filter
Apply Test 4 Turbocharged air inlet circuit check. regeneration.
NO
Is the inlet circuit in order? Run command SC017
Particle filter
YES
regeneration.
If the second regeneration
Apply Test 5 Air flowmeter. is successful, it is essential
Is the air flowmeter correct? NO to change the engine oil
and replace the oil filter.
YES
If the second regeneration
fails, contact the Techline.
Apply Test 9 Poor injector operation.
Are the injectors correct? NO
YES
Contact Techline.
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-352
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 11 Diesel fuel conformity check
WARNING
During this operation, it is essential to:
– refrain from smoking or bringing incandescent objects close to the work area,
– protect yourself against fuel splashes due to residual pressure in the pipes,
– wear safety goggles with side guards,
– wear leaktight gloves (Nitrile type).
IMPORTANT
– To avoid any corrosion or damage, protect the areas on which fuel is likely to run.
– To prevent impurities from entering the circuit, place protective plugs on all fuel circuit components
exposed to the open air.
Preparations:
Weigh an empty 1300 ml plastic cup (part no. 77 11 171 413) with its cover (part no. 77 11 171 416) using an
electronic scale similar to those used in body paint workshops (for example: PANDA part no. 77 11 224 995).
Record the weight of the empty cup.
This type of plastic cup is used to prepare paint.
Take a 1 l fuel sample from the diesel fuel filter outlet (see MR 364 (Mégane II) or MR 395 (Laguna II ph 2),
Mechanical, 19C, Tank, Fuel tank: Draining or MR 370 (Scénic II), Mechanical, 19C, Tank, Fuel tank
draining), using a pneumatic transfer pump (part no. 634-200) and place it in the 1300 ml plastic cup.
Cover the plastic cup with its cover and let the fuel settle for approximately 2 minutes.
The diesel fuel contains water and is not compliant.

Drain the fuel circuit, including the tank (see MR 364
Is the fuel cloudy or does it separate
YES (Mégane II) or MR 395 (Laguna II ph 2), Mechanical, 19C,
into two parts?
Tank, Fuel tank: Draining or MR 370 (Scénic II),
Mechanical, 19C, Tank, Fuel tank draining).
NO
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-353
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
TEST 11
CONTINUED
Weigh the diesel fuel and note the fuel weight after subtracting the weight of the empty plastic cup and its cover.
Does the fuel weight fall between the minimum and maximum weights given in the table below?
Calculated weight (g.) Fuel temperature

(˚C)
Min. weight Max. weight
821 846 13
821 846 14
820 845 15
819 844 16
819 844 17
818 843 18
817 842 19
816 841 20
816 841 21
815 840 22
814 839 23
814 839 24
813 838 25
Check the fuel temperature by immersing a thermometer in the plastic cup.
YES NO
The fuel is not correct.

If the fuel weight is less than the minimum value then there is petrol in the diesel
fuel.
If the fuel weight is greater than the maximum value then there is oil in the diesel
End of test. fuel.
Drain the fuel circuit, including the tank (see MR 364 (Mégane II) or MR 395
(Laguna II ph 2), Mechanical, 19C, Tank, Fuel tank: Draining or MR 370
(Scénic II), Mechanical, 19C, Tank, Fuel tank draining).
Note:
If the measured weight reaches the limit values, the measurement can be performed with a 2230 ml plastic
cup (part no.77 11 171 414) and its cover (part no. 77 11 171 417):
– Carry out a quick test drive in order to mix the fuel, then remove 2 l of fuel.
– Perform the test again and check the results by multiplying the limit values by 2.
Contact the Techline if you have doubts or problems with the customer.
MR-397-X74-13B100$936.mif
V7
13B-354
EDC16
DIESEL INJECTION
Program No: C1
Vdiag No: 18, 1C, 20,
50, 58, 5C Fault finding - Glossary 13B
Injection computer 112-track (BOSCH)
Connectors: black A 32-track, brown B 48-track, grey C 32-track
Atmospheric pressure sensor Integrated into the computer (BOSCH)
Injector 0.23 Ω at + 20˚C/2 Ω max. (BOSCH)
1600 bar (1800 bar max.)
Flow regulator (high pressure R = 3 Ω at + 20˚C (BOSCH, pump type CP3.2+)
pump)
Rail pressure sensor Start of opening ~ 1600 bar,
Rail pressure limiter: opening at approximately 1800 bar (BOSCH, bolted to
the rail)
Engine speed sensor R = 800 ± 80 Ω at + 20˚C (MGI)
Camshaft sensor Hall effect sensor (ELECTRICFIL)
R = 10250 ± 500 Ω at + 20˚C (measured between connections 3CQ and 3FB of
component 746)
Turbocharger control solenoid 15.4 ± 0.7 Ω at + 20˚C (PIERBURG)
valve
Electric EGR valve 3VP: + 12 V electric motor 3JM: potentiometer earth
3GC: + 5 V potentiometer 3VQ: engine earth
Track 3: Not used 3EL: potentiometer signal
Direct current motor: R between connections VP and VQ = between 1 Ω and
400 Ω at + 20˚C
Potentiometer: R between connections 3GC and 3JM: 6.5 ± 2.6 kΩ at + 20˚C
(SIEMENS)
Electrical damper valve Direct current motor (VDO)
Air flowmeter 3B: air temperature signal 3FB: + 12 V battery
3DW: flowmeter earth 3DV: air flow signal
3KJ: + 5 V potentiometer NT: battery earth
(SIEMENS)
Air temperature sensor R = 3714 Ω ± 161 at + 10˚C/2448 Ω ± 96 at + 20˚C/1671 Ω ± 59 at + 30˚C
Coolant temperature sensor R = 2252 Ω ± 112 at 25˚C/811 Ω ± 39 at 50˚C/283 Ω ± 8 at 80˚C
Accelerator pedal sensor R gang 1 = 1700 ± 900 Ω;
R gang 2 = 2,850 ± 2,050 Ω
Heater plug R = 0.6 Ω at + 20˚C/2 Ω max.
Maximum current drawn: 28 A at 0 seconds/12 A at 10 seconds/9 A after
30 seconds
Turbine upstream temperature 2-track yellow connector (NTK)
sensor T=400˚C -> R = 1772 Ω, T=500˚C -> R = 725 kΩ
Particle filter differential Connection 3LQ = 5 V, connection 3TK = Earth, connection 3TL = Signal
pressure sensor (BOSCH)
Temperature sensor upstream 2-track blue connector (DENZO)
of the particle filter T=50˚C -> R = 106 kΩ, T=100˚C -> R = 33.5 kΩ
Temperature sensor 2 track black connector (DENZO)
downstream of the particle filter T=50˚C -> R = 106 kΩ, T=100˚C -> R = 33.5 kΩ
Water in diesel fuel sensor According to application (ZERTAN)
MR-397-X74-13B100$972.mif
V7
13B-355

Diesel Injection 6

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Diesel Injection 6

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Diesel Injection 6

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1 Engine and peripherals

Fault finding - Introduction 13B - 2

© Renault s.a.s. 2008

2. PREREQUISITES FOR FAULT FINDING

Type of diagnostic tools

Special tooling required

Special tooling required

Elé. 1590 Computer connection bornier

Or Elé. 1681 Universal bornier

Customer complaints - Fault finding chart

Perform a pre-diagnostic on the

Print the system fault finding log

Read the faults

The cause is no Fault

Deal with stored faults

Use fault finding charts

The cause is no Fault

The cause is no Fault

Contact the Techline with the

3.1 Checking the wiring

Fault finding problems

Checking earth insulation

Checking insulation against + 12 V or + 5 V

Checking the supply

1. Visual inspection of the connection:

2. Visual inspection of the area around the connection:

Disconnect the connector to continue the checks.

3. Visual inspection of the plastic casing:

4. Visual inspection of the metal contacts:

If a fault is detected, consult Technical Note 6015A, Repairing electrical wiring.

4. FAULT FINDING LOG

You will always be asked for this log:

Risks relating to contamination

What are the sources of contamination?

II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED PRIOR TO ALL OPERATIONS

Use a brush and cleaning agent to clean the unions to be opened.

Wash your hands before and during the operation if necessary.

III - INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED DURING THE OPERATION

It is fitted with a 112-track BOSCH EDC16 C3 type computer.

The computer manages:

b)The connections between the vehicle's various computers are multiplexed.

Air conditioning management assistance:

Cold loop air conditioning management (Mégane II only):

Management of the damper valve:

Thermoplunger management (only for Vdiag 58, 5C,18, 1C and 20):

Cruise control/speed limiter management:

If the driver wishes to exceed the cruising speed, he may:

The cruise control function can be deselected either by:

If the driver wishes to exceed the cruising speed, he may:

The speed limiter function can be deselected either:

Catalysed particle filter management:

The exhaust system consists of several components:

Vdiag 50: 45 g for Scénic II and Mégane II

Warning light management:

Instrument panel display

Orange pre-post heating/non-critical fault SERVICE warning light (level 1)

ORANGE OBD excess pollution warning light

– Vdiag 50, 58, 5C:

PR383 Weight of soot in the PR848 Number of failed

Scénic II Mégane II Scénic II Mégane II